GREYHOUND LINES INC
10-K405, 1997-03-19
LOCAL & SUBURBAN TRANSIT & INTERURBAN HWY PASSENGER TRANS
Previous: NEW ENGLAND INVESTMENT COMPANIES L P, 10-K405, 1997-03-19
Next: GREYHOUND LINES INC, 8-K, 1997-03-19



<PAGE>   1
 
================================================================================
                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                   FORM 10-K
 
     [X]   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                 SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]
                  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
                                       OR
 
     [  ]   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
            FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM __________ TO __________
                         COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 1-10841
 
                             GREYHOUND LINES, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
                     DELAWARE                                           86-0572343
           (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION                              (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
         OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                          IDENTIFICATION NO.)
 
 15110 N. DALLAS PARKWAY, SUITE 600, DALLAS, TEXAS                         75248
     (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                           (ZIP CODE)
</TABLE>
 
                                 (972) 789-7000
              (REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE)
 
          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  TITLE OF EACH CLASS                           NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED
                  -------------------                           -----------------------------------------
<C>                                                      <C>
         Common Stock, $.01 par value per share                          American Stock Exchange
          10% Senior Notes, due July 31, 2001                            American Stock Exchange
8.5% Convertible Subordinated Debentures, due March 31,                  American Stock Exchange
                           2007
</TABLE>
 
        SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: NONE
 
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.  YES [X]    NO [ ]
 
    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.  [X]
 
    Aggregate market value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant based on the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on the
American Stock Exchange composite tape on March 7, 1997, was $253,867,244, which
value, solely for the purposes of this calculation, excludes shares held by
registrant's executive officers and directors. Such exclusion should not be
deemed a determination by the registrant that all such individuals are, in fact,
affiliates of the registrant.
 
                     APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE ISSUERS:
 
    Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's classes of
common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 CLASS OF COMMON STOCK                                 OUTSTANDING AT MARCH 7, 1997
                 ---------------------                                 ----------------------------
<C>                                                      <C>
                     $.01 par value                                         58,610,827 shares
</TABLE>
 
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
 
    Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the Registrant, to be filed
not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report,
are incorporated into Part III by reference.
 
================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                               INDEX TO FORM 10-K
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PAGE NO.
                                                                         --------
<S>        <C>                                                           <C>
                                      PART I
Item 1.    Business....................................................      3
Item 2.    Properties..................................................     10
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings...........................................     10
Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.........     12
 
                                     PART II
Item 5.    Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related
           Stockholder Matters.........................................     13
Item 6.    Selected Consolidated Financial Information.................     14
Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
           and Results of Operations...................................     16
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.................     25
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
           and Financial Disclosure....................................     57
 
                                     PART III
Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant..........     58
Item 11.   Executive Compensation......................................     60
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
           Management..................................................     61
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions..............     62
 
                                     PART IV
Item 14.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form
           8-K.........................................................     64
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3
 
                                     PART I
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
     Greyhound is the only nationwide provider of intercity bus transportation
services in the United States. The Company serves the value-oriented customer by
connecting rural and urban markets throughout the United States, offering
scheduled passenger service to more than 2,400 destinations with a fleet of
approximately 2,000 buses and approximately 1,600 sales locations. The Company
also provides package express service and, in many terminals, food service. For
the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company generated total operating revenues
of $700.9 million and EBITDA (as defined herein) of $51.5 million.
 
     The Company serves a diverse customer base, consisting primarily of low to
middle income passengers from a wide variety of ethnic backgrounds. Management
believes that the demographic groups that make up the core of the Company's
customer base are growing at rates faster than the U.S. population as a whole.
The Company believes that it is uniquely positioned to serve this broad and
growing market because (i) the Company's operating costs, which are lower on an
available-seat-mile basis than other modes of intercity transportation, enable
it to offer passengers everyday low prices, (ii) the Company offers the only
means of regularly scheduled intercity transportation in many of its markets,
and (iii) the Company provides additional capacity during peak travel periods to
accommodate passengers who lack the flexibility to shift their travel to an
alternative schedule.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
     In late 1994 and early 1995, under the direction of a new management team,
the Company implemented a "back-to-basics" operating strategy. This strategy
focused on emphasizing the Company's national bus network and capitalizing on
its low operating costs to attract and retain customers, which management
identified as the first step in rebuilding the Company's financial performance.
 
     To implement this strategy, the Company improved customer service by (i)
rebuilding its infrastructure, (ii) expanding the frequency and convenience of
its schedule offerings and providing flexible scheduling of its equipment,
drivers and other resources to meet peak travel demand, and (iii) introducing
everyday low prices and actively managing fares in individual markets. In
response to these initiatives, the Company has experienced year-over-year
revenue growth in each of its last seven consecutive quarters.
 
     The following table illustrates the Company's significant improvements in
operating and financial performance from 1994 to 1996 (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEARS ENDED
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ----------------
                                                           1994      1996     % CHANGE
                                                          ------    ------    --------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>       <C>
Total Operating Revenues................................  $615.3    $700.9      13.9%
EBITDA(1)...............................................  $(29.4)   $ 51.5      N/A
Passengers Carried......................................    15.9      18.3      15.1%
Total Bus Miles.........................................   238.5     270.2      13.3%
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
    and extraordinary items. For 1994, EBITDA includes $54.9 million in certain
    operating charges. Excluding the impact of those certain operating charges,
    1994 EBITDA would have been $25.5 million. When comparing the 1994 EBITDA,
    adjusted for these changes to the 1996 EBITDA, 1996 shows a 102.0% increase
    over the adjusted 1994 EBITDA. See Note (a) to "Selected Consolidated
    Financial Information."
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   4
 
     The principal elements of the Company's back-to-basics strategy were to:
 
     - REBUILD THE COMPANY'S INFRASTRUCTURE. In late 1994, Craig R. Lentzsch,
       who had been the Company's Vice Chairman from 1987 to 1989, rejoined the
       Company as President and Chief Executive Officer. Under Mr. Lentzsch's
       leadership, the Company assembled a new management team with significant
       bus operating experience. In addition, the Company hired additional
       drivers and field operating management and upgraded its driver hiring and
       training programs. The Company also increased its capacity to handle
       customer telephone inquiries for fare and schedule information, which
       resulted in a 45% increase in the number of telephone calls answered from
       18.9 million calls in 1994 to 27.4 million calls in 1996. Moreover, the
       Company has continued to upgrade its bus fleet by acquiring 443 buses and
       retiring 376 older buses since January 1, 1995, thereby reducing the
       average age of its bus fleet to approximately six years.
 
     - EXPAND THE FREQUENCY AND CONVENIENCE OF SCHEDULE OFFERINGS AND PROVIDE
       FLEXIBLE CAPACITY. Since 1994, the Company has increased the annual
       number of regular service miles operated by 29.5 million miles, or 12.5%.
       Management added these miles to enhance customer service and improve the
       convenience of connecting service. In order to address fluctuations in
       customer demand, particularly during peak travel periods, the Company
       operates extra sections (i.e., additional buses on the same schedule) in
       addition to its base schedule offerings. This strategy enables the
       Company to allocate its bus and driver resources to maximize the number
       of passengers handled and optimize asset utilization. As a result, extra
       section miles increased from 8.3% of total bus miles in 1994 to 12.0% of
       total bus miles in 1996.
 
     - ACTIVELY MANAGE PRICING. In January 1995, the Company initiated an
       everyday low pricing strategy. In addition, the Company began to more
       actively manage pricing at the individual market level. As a result, the
       Company now manages fares for 1,250 city pair markets, as compared to 250
       city pair markets in 1994. The Company has also implemented advance
       purchase promotional programs to stimulate demand, primarily in off
       peak-travel periods. The Company's pricing and promotional strategy is
       supported by a year-round advertising campaign that emphasizes the
       Company's ability to take its customers "where they want to go, when they
       want to go, at a price they can afford."
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
     By the end of 1996, the Company had implemented the key elements of its
operating strategy and had begun to focus on further expanding the growth of its
operations. Although the Company's passenger revenues were $597.8 million in
1996 (a 15.3% increase over 1994 passenger revenues), those revenues were below
the $714.3 million in passenger revenues achieved in 1989. The Company believes
that it can achieve further growth in passenger revenues, primarily from
increases in its core passenger business, supplemented by other growth
opportunities. The Company believes that incremental increases in passenger
revenues will produce disproportionately larger increases in operating profits
as many of the Company's operating expenses are fixed and, accordingly, do not
vary proportionately with short-term increases in demand for the Company's
services.
 
     Management believes the following represent significant growth
opportunities for the Company:
 
     - CORE PASSENGER GROWTH. The Company believes that its revenues will
      continue to grow as its core demographic customer base expands, and that
      this customer base is growing at a rate that exceeds the U.S. population
      growth rate as a whole. The Company also believes that there are
      opportunities to obtain incremental revenues from its existing customer
      base through continued targeted advertising and promotional programs and
      refinements in pricing and schedule offerings designed to reinforce the
      Company's position as the low-cost alternative to other forms of intercity
      transportation. Because bus transportation represents one of the smallest
      segments of the intercity transportation market, the
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   5
 
      Company believes that it has a unique opportunity to realize substantial
      incremental revenues and operating profits by increasing its share of this
      market.
 
     - DOMESTIC ACQUISITIONS, INTERLINE RELATIONSHIPS AND INTERMODAL ALLIANCES.
      The bus transportation industry is highly fragmented. Accordingly,
      significant opportunities exist for the Company to acquire regional bus
      operators or to form strategic alliances with these carriers to increase
      its penetration of existing markets. In March 1997, the Company agreed to
      acquire Carolina Trailways, a mid-Atlantic bus operator, for approximately
      $25.6 million (including the repayment of debt and estimated transaction
      expenses). Carolina Trailways' unaudited financial statements for the year
      ended December 31, 1996 reflect approximately $16.6 million of revenues.
      The Company expects to realize operating efficiencies as a result of this
      acquisition. In addition, the Company is currently a party to four
      "pooling" arrangements (i.e., arrangements pursuant to which duplicative
      services are coordinated) with regional carriers serving overlapping
      markets (two of which were established in the past twelve months). These
      arrangements typically result in reduced expenses due to the consolidation
      of terminal facilities and the elimination of redundant schedule
      offerings, while providing incremental revenue opportunities due to
      improved schedule patterns. The Company also has two additional pooling
      arrangements pending. Management believes future acquisitions of domestic
      regional carriers and the establishment of additional pooling
      arrangements, as well as intermodal alliances with airlines and Amtrak,
      represent opportunities to achieve further growth in passenger revenues by
      capitalizing on the Company's ability to service additional passengers
      without proportionately increasing expenses.
 
     - HISPANIC MARKETS. Management believes the markets along the U.S.-Mexico
      border represent a significant growth opportunity. The Company believes
      that the most effective way to service passengers in this market is
      through joint ventures or other business combinations with Mexico-based
      bus carriers and U.S.-based bus operators that primarily serve these
      markets. The Company has invested $2.5 million in a joint venture that
      provides through-bus service on selected routes between destinations in
      the United States and Mexico and is involved in negotiations to establish
      other similar arrangements.
 
     The Company believes other revenue growth opportunities are available, such
as providing increased bus service to casino and commuter markets and entering
into agreements to provide "dead head" crew transportation for the trucking and
rail industries. In addition to the Company's growth strategy for its passenger
business, management has identified several complementary non-core growth
opportunities. These include programs to rebuild the Company's package express
service, to market selected products or services to its unique customer base and
to market advertising space on its bus fleet through "bus wrap" advertisements.
 
MARKETS
 
     Passengers. The Company's major passenger markets are large metropolitan
areas. Although its business is geographically fragmented, the 50 largest sales
outlets accounted for approximately 49% of 1996 ticket sales, and the 1,000
largest origin/destination city pairs comprised approximately 37% of 1996 ticket
sales. Demographic studies have shown that the Company's potential riders are
concentrated in the northeastern, southern and industrial midwestern United
States, as well as Texas and California. The typical passenger travels to visit
friends and relatives and generally has an annual income of below $35,000. Based
on market studies, the Company believes its customers are more price sensitive
than time sensitive. In many cases, the Company's passengers report that they
own automobiles considered sufficiently reliable for a trip of a similar
distance. Additionally, over half of the Company's customers report that they
have travelled by air within the last year. The majority of the Company's
customers usually make the decision to take a trip only a short time before
actually traveling and, for the most part, pay cash for their tickets on the day
of departure.
 
     Package Express. The Company's package express service primarily caters to
commercial shippers and delivery companies that require rapid delivery of small
parcels typically within 300 miles. Shipments include car repair parts, computer
parts and forms, fresh flowers, eyeglasses, medical and dental supplies and
pharmaceutical products. With its extensive national network and multiple
schedules, the Company is able to provide expedited service, especially to small
towns. Most shipments arrive at their destination on the same
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   6
 
day they are shipped. During 1996, the average parcel shipped via the Company's
package express service weighed approximately 24 pounds and produced net revenue
per shipment of $15.16, as compared to approximately 20 pounds and $13.35 during
1995.
 
     Food Service. The Company's food service division manages facilities in
approximately 200 locations, which primarily serve the Company's passengers.
These operations include Company-operated facilities and contract
concessionaires and range in service levels from full-service cafeterias to
vending machines.
 
MARKETING AND ADVERTISING
 
     The Company's marketing and advertising philosophy is geared toward
improving the awareness and image of Greyhound among potential customers,
inducing first-time and renewed travel, stimulating extra travel through price
awareness, and fostering long-term individual and community goodwill. The
Company uses various means to advertise its passenger travel business including
radio, television and print media (primarily yellow pages and magazines).
Additionally, the Company offers convenient around-the-clock fare and schedule
quotations via a toll-free telephone number through its telephone information
centers. The Company's telephone centers, which have significantly increased
their capacity since 1994, handled 27.4 million calls in 1996, an increase of
45% over 1994. In 1997, the Company intends to use its new bus wrap marketing
program as a device for self publicity and as an additional source of revenue
through the sale of bus wraps to other marketers. Additionally, the Company
markets its other passenger and in-terminal services through advertising in the
terminal facilities and in print media.
 
OPERATIONS
 
     The scheduling and management of the Company's bus fleet and driver corps
is a coordinated and centralized function performed by the Company's resource
management group. This group's purpose is to serve as a liaison between
management and the field in the planning and execution of daily operations
through the Company's existing network. This is accomplished through the
management of national dispatch operations for equipment and drivers, rental of
additional buses to cover peak demand periods, planning and coordinating extra
sections with the field and analyzing and implementing pooling arrangements with
other carriers.
 
     Information technology is an integral component of the Company's
operations. The Company's information systems support, among other things, its
scheduling and pricing, bus maintenance, telephone information center, customer
service, point of sale and finance functions. In 1996, the Company completed
major system upgrades. The Company's automated fare and schedule quotation and
ticketing system, called TRIPS, was extended from 232 locations in January 1994
to 317 locations in 1996. Of these locations, 148 utilize internet connectivity.
Additionally, TRIPS functionality was expanded to cover package express service
needs, which resulted in the ability to provide descriptive billing to the
Company's credit customers. Moreover, the Company implemented a new schedule
planning system to aid in the development of route schedules. This interactive,
real-time system promotes more timely schedule development. The Company also
realized the full benefit in 1996 of a new financial system implemented in late
1995.
 
COMPETITION
 
     Passengers. The transportation industry is highly competitive. The
Company's primary sources of competition for passengers are automobile travel,
low cost air travel from both regional and national airlines, and in certain
markets, regional bus companies and trains. During the past few years, airlines
have increased their penetration in intermediate-haul markets (450 to 1,000
miles), which has resulted in the bus industry, in general, reducing prices in
these markets in order to compete. Additionally, airline discount programs have
attracted certain long-haul passengers from the Company. However, these lower
airline fares usually contain restrictions and require advance purchase.
Typically, the Company's customers decide to travel only a short time before
their trip and purchase their tickets on the day of travel. The Company's
everyday low pricing strategy results in "walk-up" fares substantially below
comparable airline fares. In instances where the Company's fares exceed an
airline discount fare, the Company believes the airline fares typically are more
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   7
 
restrictive and less readily available than travel provided by the Company. In
addition, the Company believes that in many cases it offers more destination
choices and more convenient schedules.
 
     The automobile is the most significant form of competition to the Company.
The out-of-pocket costs of operating an automobile are generally less expensive
than bus travel, particularly for multiple persons traveling in a single car.
The Company meets this competitive threat through price and convenient
scheduling. To some extent, the Company is protected from the incremental
economies of auto travel since many of its customers travel alone. The lack of
multiple, reliable cars within a family and fear of driving alone for long
distances serve to offset the reduced convenience of bus travel and the economic
advantage of multi-person travel in a single car.
 
     Competition from regional bus companies has increased materially during the
past several years. Price, frequency of service and convenient scheduling are
the current strategies of the Company to meet this competition. The Company's
competitors possess operating authority for, but do not currently operate over,
numerous routes potentially competitive to the Company. Based on market and
competitive conditions, the regional bus companies could operate such routes in
the future. Competition by U.S.-based bus and van operators for Spanish speaking
customers is growing, particularly in states along the U.S.-Mexico border. As of
January 1, 1997, barriers to entry into the cross-border intercity bus market in
the U.S. and Mexico were eliminated under the North American Free Trade
Agreement. Entry into either market is still regulated by the respective U.S.
and Mexican regulatory authorities. To date, no Mexico-based carrier has applied
for, or received operating authority within the U.S. Should that occur, the
Company could experience significant new competition on routes to and from
Mexican border points. In addition to bringing new competition, the Company
believes that this change will increase the volume of bus travel along both
sides of the border and provide the Company with a growth opportunity. The
Company believes that the most effective way to service passengers in this
market is through joint ventures or other business combinations with
Mexico-based bus carriers and U.S.-based bus operators that primarily serve
these markets. The Company has invested $2.5 million in a joint venture that
provides through-bus service on selected routes between destinations in the
United States and Mexico and is involved in negotiations to establish other
similar arrangements.
 
     Package Express. The Company faces intense competition in its package
express service from local courier services, the U.S. Postal Service and
overnight, express and ground carriers. The Company is developing programs to
meet this competition and rebuild its package express business. These programs
focus on system upgrades to improve service, billing and tracking for its
customers, localized marketing strategies, and alliances with pick-up and
delivery ("P&D") carriers across the country. Due to the incremental nature of
the package express business, the Company is able to provide same-day package
express service at distances of up to 400 miles at a substantially lower price
than charged by other delivery services. Management believes that if this
capability is conveniently aligned with pickup and delivery services at both
ends, the revenue potential of a value-priced, door-to-door, same-day delivery
service would be enhanced beyond the current levels of package express revenues.
 
     Food Service. The captive nature of the food service operations in the
Company's terminals limits competition; however, in some locations proximity to
fast food outlets and convenience stores can pose a competitive factor.
 
SEASONALITY
 
     The Company's business is seasonal in nature and generally follows the
pattern of the travel industry as a whole, with peaks during the summer months
and the Thanksgiving and Christmas holiday periods. As a result, the Company's
cash flows are seasonal in nature with a disproportionate amount of the
Company's annual cash flows being generated during the peak travel periods.
Therefore, an event that adversely affects ridership during any of these peak
periods could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition and results of operations for that year. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Seasonality."
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   8
 
WORKFORCE
 
     At March 7, 1997, the Company employed approximately 11,000 workers,
consisting of approximately 4,000 terminal employees, 3,700 drivers, 1,200
supervisory personnel, 800 mechanics, 800 telephone information agents and 500
clerical workers. Of the total workforce, approximately 8,500 are full-time
employees and approximately 2,500 are part-time employees.
 
     At March 7, 1997, 46.8% of the Company's employees were represented by
collective bargaining agreements. The Amalgamated Transit Union (the "ATU")
represents approximately 4,600 of the Company's employees, including drivers,
telephone information agents in the Omaha location, terminal workers in eight
locations and about one-half of the Company's mechanics. The largest ATU
agreement expires on January 31, 1999. The International Association of
Machinists and Aerospace Workers (the "IAM") represents approximately 400 of the
Company's employees, including a portion of the remaining mechanics. The IAM
agreements expire on October 1, 1999. The Company also has bargaining agreements
with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and the United Transportation
Union, who represents employees at one of the Company's subsidiaries.
Additionally during 1996, the ATU attempted to unionize employees in 11 terminal
locations and succeeded in organizing employees at six terminals; the terms of
these agreements are still in negotiation.
 
TRADEMARKS
 
     The Company has a perpetual, exclusive license to use, at no cost, the
Greyhound name and trademarks and the "image of the running dog" trademarks in
the United States and Mexico for travel and transportation (except by water)
purposes pursuant to a trademark license agreement. The Company believes that
this name and trademark have substantial consumer awareness.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
     The Department of Transportation. As a motor carrier engaged in interstate,
as well as intrastate, transportation of passengers and express shipments, the
Company is, and must remain, registered with the United States Department of
Transportation (the "DOT"). Failure to maintain a satisfactory safety rating or
to meet minimum financial responsibility requirements, after notice and
opportunity to remedy, may result in the DOT's ordering the suspension or
revocation of the registration and its right to provide transportation. The
Company is subject to periodic and random inspections and audits by the DOT to
determine whether the Company's drivers, buses and records are in compliance
with the DOT's regulations. The DOT's regulations govern the qualifications,
duties and hours of service of drivers, the standards for vehicles, parts and
accessories, the maintenance of records and the submission of reports pertaining
to the Company's drivers, buses and operations. The Company, from time to time,
has been cited by the DOT for noncompliance with its regulations but,
nevertheless, has retained a satisfactory safety rating. The DOT establishes
minimum financial responsibility requirements for motor carriers; the Company
has met these requirements and has been authorized to partially self-insure its
bodily injury and property damage liability. See "-- Insurance Coverage." The
DOT also administers regulations to assure compliance with vehicle noise or
emission standards prescribed by the Environmental Protection Agency (the
"EPA"). All of the buses in the Company's fleet contain engines that comply
with, or are exempt from compliance with, EPA regulations, but, on occasion, the
Company has been cited and fined for non-compliance with noise or emission
standards. Additionally, there is currently litigation pending in California, to
which the Company is not a party, seeking to enforce the posting of public
health warnings at locations where diesel fuel emissions are present.
 
     Surface Transportation Board. The Company is also regulated by the DOT's
Surface Transportation Board (the "STB"). The STB must grant advance approval
for the Company to conduct pooled operations with another passenger carrier. The
STB, moreover, must authorize any merger by the Company with, or its acquisition
or control of, another motor carrier of passengers. The Company must maintain
reasonable through routes with other motor carriers of passengers, and, if found
not to have done so, the STB can prescribe them. Agreements between motor
carriers of passengers for their joint adoption of mileage guides, rules,
divisions or general rate adjustments are subject to STB authorization and
supervision.
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   9
 
     State Regulations. As an interstate motor carrier of passengers, the
Company may engage in intrastate operations over any of its authorized routes.
By federal law, states are pre-empted from regulating the Company's fares or its
schedules, including the withdrawal of service over any route. However, the
Company's buses remain subject to state vehicle registration requirements, bus
size and weight limitations, fuel sales and use taxes and other local standards
not inconsistent with federal requirements.
 
     Other. The Company is subject to regulation under the Americans with
Disabilities Act (the "ADA"), the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and the
Occupational Safety and Health Act. Under the ADA, the Company will be required,
at an uncertain date in the future, to make new buses accessible to disabled
persons. The ADA does not require the retrofitting of existing buses with lift
equipment. The DOT is currently developing regulations regarding bus access and
determining whether new buses should be equipped with lift equipment or whether
alternative forms of stationary terminal-based lift devices should be permitted.
Following the promulgation of final regulations, which are not expected to be
finalized until at least late 1997, the Company will have two years before the
new regulations become effective, at which point newly acquired buses must be
accessible. The form of required access is uncertain as of the date hereof, but
the expense of compliance, once the new regulations take effect, could be
material to the Company's financial condition and results of operations. The
Company expects that new buses with built-in lift devices will be more costly to
purchase by as much as $10,000 to $25,000 per bus and will be more costly to
maintain. Additionally, the ADA requires the Company to design its new terminal
facilities and retrofit existing terminal facilities to eliminate barriers
affecting access by handicapped persons. The Company has a program to identify
and address mobility barriers at its facilities and has made, and is expected to
continue to make, expenditures to address these issues.
 
INSURANCE COVERAGE
 
     The STB has granted the Company authority to self-insure its automobile
liability exposure for interstate passenger service up to a maximum level of
$5.0 million per occurrence. To maintain self-insurance authority, the Company
is required to maintain a tangible net worth of $10.0 million (as of December
31, 1996, the Company's tangible net worth was $119.9 million) and to maintain a
$15.0 million trust fund (currently fully funded) to provide security for
payment of claims. Subsequent to the self-insurance grant by the STB, 38 states
granted the Company the authority to self-insure its intrastate automobile
liability exposure. The Company maintains comprehensive automobile liability and
general liability insurance to insure its assets and operations subject to a
$1.5 million self-insured retention per occurrence. The Company also maintains
property insurance subject to a $0.1 million deductible per occurrence, and
maintains workers' compensation insurance, subject to a $1.0 million deductible
per occurrence.
 
     Insurance coverage and risk management expense are key components of the
Company's cost structure. The loss of self-insurance authority from the STB or a
decision by the Company's insurers to modify the Company's program
substantially, by either increasing cost, reducing availability or increasing
collateral, could have a materially adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     The Company may be liable for certain environmental liabilities and
clean-up costs relating to underground fuel storage tanks and systems in the
various facilities presently or formerly owned or leased by the Company. Based
upon surveys conducted by Company personnel, 78 locations have been identified
as sites requiring potential clean-up and/or remediation as of December 31,
1996. The Company has estimated the clean-up and/or remediation costs of these
sites to be $3.8 million, of which approximately $0.5 million is indemnifiable
by the predecessor owner of Greyhound's domestic bus operations now known as
Viad Corp. The Company has no reason to believe that Viad Corp will not fulfill
its indemnification obligations to the Company. However, if Viad Corp does not
fulfill such obligations, the Company could have liability with respect to those
matters. Additionally, the Company has a potential liability with respect to two
Superfund sites where the Company and other parties face exposure for costs
related to the clean-up of those sites. Based on the EPA's enforcement
activities to date, the Company believes its liability at these sites will not
be material because its involvement was as a de minimis generator of wastes
disposed of at the sites. In light of its
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   10
 
minimal involvement, the Company has been negotiating to be released from
liability in return for the payment of immaterial settlement amounts. The
Company has recorded a total environmental reserve of $3.5 million at December
31, 1996, a portion of which has also been recorded as a receivable from Viad
Corp for indemnification. The environmental reserve relates to sites identified
for potential clean-up and/or remediation and represents the present value of
estimated cash flows discounted at 8.0%. Management believes that adequate
accruals have been made related to all known environmental matters.
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
 
LAND AND BUILDINGS
 
     At March 7, 1997, the Company used 494 parcels of real property in its
operations, of which it owns 152 properties and leases 342 properties. Of those
properties, 357 are bus terminals, 34 are maintenance facilities, 30 are
terminal/maintenance facilities, and the remaining properties consist of driver
dormitories, parking/storage lots, office/storage/warehouse buildings and
telephone information centers. These properties are located throughout the
United States. Two of these properties are subject to mortgage loans. The
Company believes the current makeup of its properties is adequate for its
operations, and although there can be no assurance, based on its recent
experience, the Company believes that it will be able to find suitable
replacement properties on acceptable terms for any properties the Company
chooses to replace, or which are condemned, or for which leases are not renewed
or are otherwise terminated.
 
FLEET COMPOSITION, FLEET AGE AND BUS ACQUISITIONS
 
     During 1996, the Company took delivery of 244 buses and retired 208 buses,
resulting in a fleet of 2,105 buses at year-end. Since year-end, the Company has
taken delivery of an additional 24 buses and retired 160 buses. At March 7,
1997, the Company owned 740 buses and leased an additional 1,229 buses. Motor
Coach Industries International, Inc. ("MCII") produced all but 101 of these
buses. The Company must purchase at least 75% of its bus requirements from MCII
pursuant to a bus purchase requirements contract that continues through March
18, 1998. The Company is in discussions to order up to 100 new buses during
1997. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources".
 
     The average age of the Company's bus fleet has been reduced from 9.5 years
in January 1993 to approximately six years as of March 7, 1997. However, 27.7%
of the Company's bus fleet remains in excess of 10 years old. The Company
intends, over time, to replace these older, less reliable vehicles with new
buses. The Company believes that newer buses, as well as older buses with newer
engines, are more fuel efficient than buses with older engines. In addition, new
buses are generally less costly to maintain, in part because of warranty
coverage, and generally enhance customer satisfaction.
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
SECURITIES AND DERIVATIVE LITIGATION; SEC INVESTIGATION.
 
     Between August and December 1994, seven purported class action lawsuits
were filed by purported owners of the Company's Common Stock (defined herein),
Convertible Debentures (defined herein) and Senior Notes (defined herein)
against the Company and certain of its former officers and directors. The suits
sought unspecified damages for securities laws violations as a result of
statements made in public reports and press releases and to securities analysts
during 1993 and 1994 that were alleged to have been false and misleading.
 
     All the purported class action cases referred to above (with the exception
of one suit that was dismissed before being served on any defendants) were
transferred to the United States District Court for the Northern District of
Texas, the Court in which the first purported class action suit was filed, and
were pending under a case styled In re Greyhound Securities Litigation, Civil
Action 3-94-CV-1793-G. A joint pretrial order was entered in the class action
litigation which consolidated for pretrial and discovery purposes all of the
stockholder actions and, separately, all of the debtholder actions. The joint
pretrial order required plaintiffs to file consolidated amended complaints and
excused answers to the original complaints. In July 1995, the plaintiffs filed
their consolidated amended complaints, naming the Company, Frank J. Schmieder,
J. Michael
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   11
 
Doyle, Phillip W. Taff, Robert R. Duty, Don T. Seaquist, Charles J. Lee, Charles
A. Lynch and Smith Barney Incorporated as defendants. Messrs. Lee, Lynch and
Taff were subsequently dismissed from the case by the plaintiffs. In September
1995, the various defendants filed motions to dismiss plaintiffs' complaints. In
October 1995, plaintiffs filed a motion seeking to certify the class of
plaintiffs.
 
     On October 3, 1996, the Court ruled in favor of the Company and all other
defendants, granting defendants' motions to dismiss. Pursuant to the Court's
order, the complaints were dismissed, with leave granted to the plaintiffs to
refile amended complaints within 20 days thereafter. On October 23, 1996, an
amended complaint was tendered to the Court. All seven class representatives
involved in the prior complaints were dropped from the case. A new purported
class plaintiff, John Clarkson, was named and a motion was filed seeking leave
to permit Mr. Clarkson to intervene as the new class representative. The amended
complaint alleges a class period of May 4, 1993 to October 26, 1993 and has been
brought only on behalf of holders of Common Stock. The amended complaint names
the same defendants involved in the dismissed cases (the Company, Messrs.
Schmieder, Doyle, Duty and Seaquist and Smith Barney Incorporated); no new
defendants were added and none were dropped. In December 1996, the defendants
filed responses to plaintiff's motion for intervention. In January 1997, the
plaintiff filed a reply brief. Therefore, all briefing regarding the
intervention has been completed. The Court has advised the parties that no
responsive pleading need be filed to the amended complaint until such time as
the Court rules on the motion for intervention filed by Mr. Clarkson.
 
     In November 1994, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed by Harvey R.
Rice, a purported owner of the Company's Common Stock, against present directors
and former officers and directors of the Company and the Company as a nominal
defendant. The suit seeks to recover monies obtained by certain defendants by
allegedly trading in the Company's securities on the basis of nonpublic
information and to recover monies for certain defendants' alleged fraudulent
dissemination of false and misleading information concerning the Company's
financial condition and future business prospects. The suit, filed in the
Delaware Court of Chancery, New Castle County, is styled Harvey R. Rice v. Frank
J. Schmieder, J. Michael Doyle, Charles A. Lynch, Richard J. Caley, Thomas F.
Meagher, Thomas G. Plaskett, Kenneth R. Norton, Robert B. Gill, Alfred E.
Osborne, Jr., J. Patrick Foley, Charles J. Lee and Greyhound Lines, Inc., Civil
Action No. 13854. Pursuant to a stipulation, the time for all defendants to
answer, move or otherwise plead with respect to the derivative complaint is not
yet due.
 
     In May 1995, a lawsuit was filed on behalf of two individuals, purported
owners of the Company's Common Stock, against the Company and certain of its
former officers and directors. The suit seeks unspecified damages for securities
laws violations as a result of statements made in public reports and press
releases and to securities analysts during 1993 and 1994 that are alleged to
have been misleading. The suit, filed in the United States District Court for
the Northern District of Ohio, was styled James Illius and Teodore J. Krawec v.
Greyhound Bus Lines, Inc., Frank J. Schmieder and J. Michael Doyle, Civil Action
No. 1-95-CV-1140. The defendants filed a motion to transfer venue seeking to
have the case transferred to the Northern District of Texas where the class
action litigation was pending. In September 1995, the defendants' motion was
granted, and the matter was transferred and was consolidated into the class
action litigation described above.
 
     On October 29, 1996, a purported class action lawsuit was brought by a
purported holder of Common Stock against the Company, certain of its former
officers and directors and Smith Barney and Morgan Stanley & Company, Inc. The
suit seeks unspecified damages for alleged federal and Texas state securities
laws violations in connection with a Common Stock offering made by the Company
in May 1993. The suit, filed in the 44th Judicial District Court of Dallas
County, Texas, is styled John Clarkson v. Greyhound Lines, Inc., Frank
Schmieder, J. Michael Doyle, Robert R. Duty, Don T. Seaquist, Smith Barney, Inc.
and Morgan Stanley & Company, Inc., Case No. 96-11329-B. Plaintiff, John
Clarkson, is the same individual who seeks to intervene in the Federal Court
litigation described above, and the same law firms have appeared for the
plaintiffs in both cases. On December 20, 1996, the defendants filed their
answers to the lawsuit and pleas in abatement asking the Court to stay all
proceedings pending resolution of the federal intervention motion and federal
class action lawsuit. The defendants have also filed motions to quash and
motions for protective order in response to plaintiff's requests for production
of documents. On February 28, 1997, the suit was transferred to a different
judge in the 68th Judicial District Court in Dallas.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   12
 
     Based on a review of the litigation, a limited investigation of the
underlying facts and discussions with legal and outside counsel, the Company
does not believe that the outcome of this litigation would have a material
adverse effect on its business and financial condition. The Company intends to
defend against the actions vigorously. To the extent permitted by Delaware law,
the Company is obligated to indemnify and bear the cost of defense with respect
to lawsuits brought against its officers and directors. The Company maintains
directors' and officers' liability insurance that provides certain coverage for
itself and its officers and directors against claims of the type asserted in the
subject litigation. The Company has notified its insurance carriers of the
asserted claims.
 
     In January 1995, the Company received notice that the Securities and
Exchange Commission is conducting a formal, non-public investigation into
possible securities laws violations allegedly involving the Company and certain
of its former officers, directors and employees and other persons. The
Commission's Order of Investigation (the "Order of Investigation") states that
the Commission is exploring possible insider trading activities, as well as
possible violations of the federal securities laws relating to the adequacy of
the Company's public disclosures with respect to problems with its passenger
reservation system implemented in 1993 and lower-than-expected earnings for
1993. In addition, the Commission has stated that it will investigate the
adequacy of the Company's record keeping with respect to the passenger
reservation system and its internal auditing controls. Although the Commission
has not announced the targets of the investigation, it does not appear from the
Order of Investigation that the Company is a target of the insider trading
portion of the investigation. In September 1995, the Commission served a
document subpoena on the Company requiring the production of documents, most of
which the Company voluntarily produced to the Commission in late 1994. The
Company has fully cooperated with the Commission's investigation of these
matters. The Company has had no contact with the Commission in connection with
the investigation since January 1996. The probable outcome of this investigation
cannot be predicted at this stage in the proceeding.
 
OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
 
     In addition to the litigation discussed above, the Company is a defendant
in various lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, primarily cases
involving personal injury and property damage claims and employment-related
claims. Although these lawsuits involve a variety of different facts and
theories of recovery, the majority arise from traffic accidents involving buses
operated by the Company. The vast majority of these claims are covered by
insurance for amounts in excess of the self-retention or deductible portion of
the policies. Therefore, based on the Company's assessment of known claims and
its historical claims payout pattern and discussion with legal and outside
counsel and risk management personnel, management believes that there is no
proceeding either threatened or pending against the Company relating to such
personal injury and/or property damage claims arising out of the ordinary course
of business that, if resolved against the Company, would materially exceed the
amounts recorded.
 
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
     None.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   13
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED
         STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
MARKET INFORMATION
 
     The Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), of the
Company is listed on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol "BUS." The
following table sets forth the high and low sale prices for the Company's Common
Stock during the periods indicated as reported by the American Stock Exchange:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          HIGH          LOW
                                                          ----          ---
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>
First Quarter 1995......................................  $2 3/4        $1 1/4
Second Quarter 1995.....................................   5 11/16       2 15/16
Third Quarter 1995......................................   5 5/16        3 1/2
Fourth Quarter 1995.....................................   4 5/8         3 5/8
First Quarter 1996......................................  $4 9/16       $2 7/8
Second Quarter 1996.....................................   5             3 1/2
Third Quarter 1996......................................   4 9/16        3 1/16
Fourth Quarter 1996.....................................   4 1/2         3
January 1, 1997 - March 14, 1997........................  $5 1/2        $3 15/16
</TABLE>
 
HOLDERS
 
     The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of March 7, 1997, was
58,610,827. The Company has issued 58,720,019 Common Stock, of which 109,192
shares are currently held by the Company as treasury stock. As of March 7, 1997
there were approximately 11,396 recordholders of Common Stock.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
     The Company has not paid any dividends on the Common Stock in the past and
does not expect to pay any dividends on the Common Stock in the foreseeable
future. The indenture governing the Senior Notes (defined herein) restricts the
Company's ability to pay, and the Revolving Credit Facility (defined herein)
prohibits the Company from paying cash dividends on the Common Stock. In the
event the Company were not contractually prohibited from paying dividends, the
holders of Common Stock would be entitled to receive dividends only when and as
declared by the Board of Directors of the Company, subject to the prior rights
and preferences, if any, of holders of preferred stock.
 
CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES
 
     At December 31, 1996, the Company had outstanding $9.8 million aggregate
principal amount of its 8.5% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due March 31,
2007 (the "Convertible Debentures"). At the option of the holders thereof, the
Convertible Debentures may be converted into shares of Common Stock at any time
prior to maturity (unless earlier redeemed or repurchased), at a conversion rate
of approximately 80.81 shares (subject to adjustment in certain events) of
Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Debentures. In December
1994, the Company completed the Tender Offer (defined herein) in which
approximately $89.0 million of its Convertible Debentures were exchanged for
approximately 22.8 million shares of the Company's Common Stock.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   14
 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     The statement of operations data and balance sheet data set forth below
have been derived from the audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company for each of the respective periods indicated. The following financial
information should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and the
Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this
filing. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period statements
to conform them to the December 31, 1996 classifications.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                     ----------------------------------------------------
                                                       1992       1993     1994(A)      1995       1996
                                                     --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Operating Revenues
  Transportation Services
    Regular route..................................  $580,557   $559,883   $518,431   $560,239   $597,779
    Package express................................    54,402     47,905     40,232     35,690     33,527
  Food services....................................    12,159     19,188     19,490     19,440     21,363
  Other operating revenues.........................    45,863     38,578     37,158     41,752     48,189
                                                     --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
         Total operating revenues..................   692,981    665,554    615,311    657,121    700,858
                                                     --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Operating Expenses
  Maintenance......................................    97,323     77,893     73,469     68,540     73,441
  Transportation...................................   138,443    133,284    133,766    156,878    170,979
  Agents' commissions and station costs............   117,732    122,209    119,438    125,650    131,715
  Marketing, advertising and traffic...............    24,452     28,431     36,445     25,513     25,811
  Insurance and safety.............................    47,838     51,143     82,786     52,820     41,088
  General and administration.......................    66,208     67,436     70,583     72,105     80,496
  Depreciation and amortization....................    33,499     33,154     36,046     31,010     30,683
  Operating taxes and licenses.....................    45,816     47,114     47,478     48,186     49,831
  Operating rents(b)...............................    54,330     45,313     48,286     47,884     53,993
  Cost of goods sold -- food services..............     7,766     12,617     13,465     12,597     13,774
  Other operating expenses.........................     4,186      7,119     16,502      6,575      8,243
  Restructuring expenses...........................        --         --      2,523         --         --
                                                     --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
         Total operating expenses..................   637,593    625,713    680,787    647,758    680,054
                                                     --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Operating Income (Loss)............................    55,388     39,841    (65,476)     9,363     20,804
Gain on Sale of Assets.............................        --     (5,838)        --         --         --
Interest Expense...................................    35,297     30,832     33,456     26,807     27,346
Income Tax Provision...............................     9,142      6,253     16,862        374         62
                                                     --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Income (Loss) Before Extraordinary Items and
  Cumulative Effect of a Change in Accounting
  Principle........................................    10,949      8,594   (115,794)   (17,818)    (6,604)
Extraordinary Items(c).............................        --        407    (38,373)        --         --
Cumulative Effect of a Change in Accounting
  Principle(d).....................................        --        690         --         --         --
                                                     --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Net Income (Loss)..................................  $ 10,949   $  7,497   $(77,421)  $(17,818)  $ (6,604)
                                                     ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
  Fully Diluted Earnings per Share of Common
    Stock(e):
    Income (Loss) before Extraordinary Items and
      Cumulative Effect of a Change in Accounting
      Principle....................................  $   0.96   $   0.65   $  (7.58)  $  (0.33)  $  (0.11)
    Extraordinary Items............................        --      (0.03)      2.51         --         --
    Cumulative Effect of a Change in Accounting
      Principle....................................        --      (0.05)        --         --         --
                                                     --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Net Income (Loss) per share of Common Stock......  $   0.96   $   0.57   $  (5.07)  $  (0.33)  $  (0.11)
                                                     ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
OTHER DATA:
  EBITDA(f)........................................  $ 88,887   $ 78,833   $(29,430)  $ 40,373   $ 51,487
  Outstanding Shares of Common Stock (000's).......     9,911     14,651     37,459     58,168     58,360
  Number of Common Stockholders....................    15,890     14,611     14,692     15,228     11,383
  Dividends Declared per Common Share..............        --         --         --         --         --
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                     ----------------------------------------------------
                                                       1992       1993     1994(A)      1995       1996
                                                     --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATA:
Total assets.......................................  $485,936   $541,293   $511,449   $480,648   $500,282
Long-term debt(e)..................................   290,712    260,412    197,125    172,671    192,581
Stockholders' equity...............................    52,262    152,166    153,196    149,762    140,881
</TABLE>
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   15
 
- ---------------
 
FOOTNOTES TO SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
(a) The 1994 results reflect $61.9 million in certain operating charges,
    including increases in insurance and legal reserves to recognize
    pre-bankruptcy claims previously thought to have been barred in the
    Company's Chapter 11 reorganization (which concluded in October 1991),
    adverse claims development in 1994 and certain litigation exposure;
    write-downs of real estate and other assets (including $7.0 million of
    depreciation); costs associated with an operational restructuring; and a
    $17.0 million increase in the income tax provision due to the reversal of a
    previously recognized deferred tax benefit.
 
(b) Operating rents include bus operating lease payments of $27.8 million, $20.0
    million, $22.7 million, $23.7 million, and $27.5 million for the years ended
    December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, and 1996, respectively.
 
(c) For the year ended December 31, 1993, the Company recorded an extraordinary
    loss of $0.4 million on the write-off of debt issuance costs related to the
    replacement of the Company's then existing credit agreement with a new
    credit agreement. For the year ended December 31, 1994, the Company recorded
    (i) an extraordinary loss of $3.6 million, of which $3.2 million related to
    the write-off of debt issuance costs and $0.4 million related to
    professional fees in conjunction with the replacement of the Company's
    existing credit agreement with a new credit agreement and (ii) an
    extraordinary gain of $41.9 million related to the conversion of $89.0
    million of Convertible Debentures into Common Stock.
 
(d) The net impact from adoption of SFAS No. 109, Accounting For Income Taxes,
    was $0.7 million and is reported as a charge to earnings as the cumulative
    effect of a change in accounting principle for the year ended December 31,
    1993.
 
(e) In 1992, the Company had primary earnings per share of Common Stock of
    $1.10. The completion of the Company's 1994 financial restructuring resulted
    in the issuance of approximately 22.8 million shares of Common Stock in
    December 1994 upon the conversion of approximately $89.0 million of
    Convertible Debentures into Common Stock. In January 1995, the Company
    issued an additional 16.3 million shares of Common Stock in connection with
    the consummation of its Common Stock rights offering, which provided net
    proceeds of approximately $28.9 million. The Company issued 4.0 million
    shares of Common Stock on October 3, 1995 in a public offering, which
    provided net proceeds of $15.4 million.
 
(f) Represents income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization,
    extraordinary items and changes in accounting principles. EBITDA is
    presented because management believes investors consider it useful in
    evaluating a company's ability to service and/or incur debt. EBITDA should
    not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for net income, cash
    flows from operating activities and other consolidated income or cash flow
    data prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or
    as a measure of profitability or liquidity.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   16
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
        OF OPERATIONS
 
GENERAL
 
     Greyhound is the only nationwide provider of intercity bus transportation
services in the United States. The Company's primary business consists of
scheduled passenger service, package express service and food services at
certain terminals, which accounted for 85.3%, 4.8% and 3.0%, respectively, of
the Company's total operating revenues for 1996. The Company's operations
include a nationwide network of terminal and maintenance facilities, a fleet of
approximately 2,000 buses and approximately 1,600 sales outlets.
 
     In late 1994 and early 1995, under the direction of the Company's new
management team, the Company implemented a "back-to-basics" operating strategy.
This strategy focused on the Company's national bus network and capitalizing on
its low operating costs to attract and retain customers, which management
identified as the first step in rebuilding the Company's financial performance.
 
     Management believes that a continued base offering of scheduled service is
necessary to maintain the Company's competitive position, and that increases in
profitability will be driven primarily by increasing revenues as contrasted with
reducing costs. As part of its strategy to increase revenues, management has
focused on restoring the Company's infrastructure and embarked on a revenue
enhancement program including, among other initiatives, increasing scheduled
miles and adopting an everyday low pricing strategy.
 
     The Company believes that incremental increases in passenger revenues will
produce disproportionately larger increases in operating profits as many of the
Company's operating expenses are fixed, such as depreciation, amortization,
overhead and lease expenses related to buses and facilities. In addition, the
operating costs necessary to produce the Company's base schedule of offerings,
which consist of labor, fuel, maintenance, insurance and short-term bus rentals,
cannot be changed rapidly. Accordingly, these costs do not vary proportionately
with short-term increases in demand for the Company's services.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   17
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth the Company's results of operations as a
percentage of total operating revenue for 1994, 1995 and 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------------
                                                               1994      1995      1996
                                                              ------    ------    ------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>
Operating Revenues
  Transportation services
     Regular route..........................................    84.3%     85.3%     85.3%
     Package express........................................     6.5       5.4       4.8
  Food services.............................................     3.2       3.0       3.0
  Other operating revenues..................................     6.0       6.4       6.9
          Total operating revenues..........................   100.0     100.0     100.0
Operating Expenses
  Maintenance...............................................    11.9      10.4      10.5
  Transportation............................................    21.7      23.9      24.4
  Agents' commissions and station costs.....................    19.4      19.1      18.8
  Marketing, advertising and traffic........................     5.9       3.9       3.7
  Insurance and safety......................................    13.5       8.0       5.9
  General and administrative................................    11.5      11.0      11.5
  Depreciation and amortization.............................     5.9       4.7       4.4
  Operating taxes and licenses..............................     7.7       7.3       7.1
  Operating rents...........................................     7.8       7.3       7.7
  Cost of good sold -- food services........................     2.2       1.9       2.0
  Other operating expenses..................................     2.7       1.0       1.2
  Restructuring expenses....................................     0.4        --        --
          Total operating expenses..........................   110.6      98.6      97.0
Operating Income (Loss).....................................   (10.6)      1.4       3.0
Interest Expense............................................     5.4       4.1       3.9
Income Tax Provision........................................     2.7       0.1        --
Loss Before Extraordinary Items.............................   (18.8)     (2.7)     (0.9)
</TABLE>
 
     The following table sets forth certain operating data for the Company for
1994, 1995 and 1996. Certain statistics have been adjusted and restated from
that previously published to provide consistent comparisons.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ---------------------------------
                                                          1994        1995        1996
                                                        ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
Regular Service Miles (000's).........................    235,786     256,683     265,259
Total Bus Miles (000's)...............................    238,457     259,746     270,187
Passenger Miles (000's)...............................  5,392,290   6,033,780   6,243,262
Passengers Carried (000's)............................     15,949      17,548      18,348
Average Trip Length (passenger miles/passengers
  carried)............................................        338         344         340
Load (avg. number of passengers per regular service
  mile)...............................................       22.9        23.5        23.5
Load Factor (% of available seats filled).............       49.9%       51.1%       51.2%
Yield (regular route revenue/passenger miles).........    $0.0961     $0.0929     $0.0957
Total Revenue Per Total Bus Mile......................       2.58        2.53        2.59
Operating Income (Loss) Per Total Bus Mile............      (0.27)       0.04        0.08
Cost per Total Bus Mile:
  Maintenance.........................................    $ 0.308     $ 0.264     $ 0.272
  Transportation......................................      0.561       0.604       0.633
</TABLE>
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   18
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
     Operating Revenues. Total operating revenues increased $43.8 million, or
6.7%, to $700.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 from $657.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 1995. Transportation services revenues increased
$35.4 million, or 5.9%, to $631.3 million in 1996 from $595.9 million for 1995
due to a $37.5 million, or 6.7%, increase in regular route revenues, offset in
part by a $2.2 million, or 6.1%, decrease in package express revenues. The 6.7%
increase in regular route revenues reflects a 4.6% increase in the number of
passengers carried and a 3.0% increase in yield. The increase in yield is due in
part to an increase in short-haul (less than 450 miles) and intermediate-haul
(450 to 1,000 miles) traffic, which generally generate a higher yield than
long-haul traffic. The following chart reflects the increase in regular route
passenger revenue by quarter:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH      FULL
                                        QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER     YEAR
                                        -------    -------    -------    -------    ------
                                                      (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
1996 regular route revenues...........  $118.7     $146.2     $180.3     $152.6     $597.8
1995 regular route revenues...........   109.4      136.7      172.7      141.4      560.2
Percentage increase...................     8.5%       6.9%       4.4%       7.9%       6.7%
</TABLE>
 
     Package express revenues declined due to the continuing effects of a
reduction in 1994 of the number of routes served and the number of hours that
the Company's terminals were open, which resulted in a loss of customers that
have not been regained. During 1996, the average parcel shipped via the
Company's package express service weighed approximately 24 pounds and produced
net revenue per shipment of $15.16, as compared to approximately 20 pounds and
$13.35 during 1995. In 1996, the Company increased its focus on the package
express business in an effort to reverse the decline in package express service
revenues. The Company has implemented increased hours of service, improved
billing and added more convenient schedules. In addition, in select markets, the
Company has implemented a centralized telephone customer service department
dedicated to package express service.
 
     Food service revenues increased $2.0 million, or 10.3%, to $21.4 million in
1996 from $19.4 million in 1995 primarily due to the addition of five new
locations and the increase in passenger traffic, offset in part by the closing
of two locations.
 
     Other operating revenues, consisting primarily of revenue from charter and
in-terminal sales and services, increased $6.4 million, or 15.3%, to $48.2
million in 1996 from $41.8 million in 1995 primarily due to a $2.9 million
increase in charter service revenues and an increase in revenues from other
in-terminal services, such as money order sales, prepaid ticket orders and
increased sales of gifts and other retail products.
 
     Operating Expenses. Total operating expenses increased $32.3 million, or
5.0%, to $680.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 from $647.8 million
for the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
     Maintenance costs increased $4.9 million, or 7.2%, to $73.4 million in 1996
from $68.5 million in 1995 due to a 4.0% increase in bus miles and a 3.0%
increase in maintenance costs per bus mile. Maintenance costs increased on a
per-mile basis due to an increase in the number of engine changes, contractual
pay increases for hourly maintenance employees, the opening of an additional
maintenance facility in March 1996 and a rate increase from a third-party
provider of bus cleaning services. As a percentage of total operating revenue,
maintenance costs increased to 10.5% in 1996 from 10.4% in 1995. The Company
intends to continue to manage the average age of its fleet in order to increase
the reliability of its service while reducing overall costs.
 
     Transportation expenses, which consist primarily of fuel costs and driver
salaries, increased $14.1 million, or 9.0%, to $171.0 million in 1996 from
$156.9 million in 1995 due to the 4.0% increase in bus miles and a 4.8% increase
in transportation expenses per bus mile. Transportation expenses increased on a
per-mile basis due to a $5.8 million impact of increased fuel prices (average
price per gallon of $0.71 in 1996 as compared to $0.59 in 1995), a contractual
pay increase for drivers and additions to the driver supervisory staff. As a
percentage of total operating revenue, transportation expenses increased to
24.4% in 1996 from 23.9% in 1995. The Company has taken steps to limit its
exposure to fuel price increases by contracting for delivery of a portion of its
1997 fuel purchases at prices below peak 1996 levels.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   19
 
     Agents' commissions and station costs increased $6.0 million, or 4.8%, to
$131.7 million in 1996 from $125.7 million in 1995 primarily due to increased
ticket sales, as well as the conversion of 75 Company-operated ticketing
facilities to commissioned agencies, offset in part by the elimination of
facility, utility and supply costs associated with the converted ticketing
facilities. The conversions also serve to reduce insurance and general and
administrative costs. Increased costs associated with higher call volumes were
entirely offset by lower long distance telephone rates and the discontinuance of
a third-party provider of telephone customer services. As a percentage of total
operating revenue, agents' commissions and station costs decreased to 18.8% in
1996 from 19.1% in 1995.
 
     Marketing, advertising and traffic expenses increased $0.3 million, or
1.2%, to $25.8 million in 1996 from $25.5 million in 1995 primarily due to an
increase in advertising expenses in the fourth quarter of 1996. As part of the
Company's growth strategy, the Company expects to continue to increase
advertising expenditures in 1997.
 
     Insurance and safety costs decreased $11.7 million, or 22.2%, to $41.1
million in 1996 from $52.8 million in 1995 as the increased exposure relating to
the 4.0% increase in bus miles was more than offset by continued favorable
claims experience resulting from the Company's increased focus on claims
management and risk reduction programs.
 
     General and administrative expenses increased $8.4 million, or 11.7%, to
$80.5 million in 1996 from $72.1 million in 1995 primarily due to additions to
administrative personnel and increased benefit costs Company-wide and to a
reduction in pension income from $2.1 million in 1995 to $1.0 million in 1996.
As a percentage of total operating revenues, general and administrative expenses
increased to 11.5% in 1996 from 11.0% in 1995.
 
     Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $0.3 million, or 1.0%, to
$30.7 million in 1996 from $31.0 million in 1995 primarily due to the write-down
in the fourth quarter of 1995 of the realizable value of some older high
maintenance buses and certain real estate that subsequently was sold, offset in
part by the depreciation on 102 buses acquired in December 1995 (51 of which
were sold and leased back in 1996) and 35 buses acquired in 1996 and other
capital expenditures made in 1995 and 1996. As a percentage of total operating
revenue, depreciation and amortization expense decreased to 4.4% in 1996 from
4.7% in 1995.
 
     Operating taxes and license costs increased $1.6 million, or 3.3%, to $49.8
million in 1996 from $48.2 million in 1995 primarily due to increased fuel and
oil taxes resulting from a 4.0% increase in total bus miles in 1996 compared to
1995 and increased payroll taxes resulting from higher salaries. As a percentage
of total operating revenue, operating taxes and license costs decreased to 7.1%
in 1996 from 7.3% in 1995.
 
     Operating rents increased $6.1 million, or 12.7%, to $54.0 million in 1996
from $47.9 million in 1995 primarily due to an increase in the number of bus
operating leases in 1996 and an increase in casual bus rentals to accommodate
higher peak traffic volume in 1996 compared to 1995. As a percentage of total
operating revenue, operating rents increased to 7.7% in 1996 from 7.3% in 1995.
 
     Other operating expenses increased $1.6 million, or 24.2%, to $8.2 million
in 1996 from $6.6 million in 1995 primarily due to a $1.2 million gain in 1995
on the repurchase by the Company of $10.7 million aggregate principal amount of
10% Senior Notes ("Senior Notes").
 
     Interest expense increased $0.5 million, or 1.9%, to $27.3 million in 1996
from $26.8 million in 1995 as a result of higher borrowings under the Revolving
Credit Facility, offset in part by the elimination of interest expense on the
portion of the Senior Notes repurchased by the Company in 1995. As a percentage
of total operating revenue, interest expense decreased to 3.9% in 1996 from 4.1%
in 1995.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
     Operating Revenues. Total operating revenues increased $41.8 million, or
6.8%, to $657.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 from $615.3 million
for the year ended December 31, 1994. Transportation services revenues increased
$37.2 million, or 6.7%, to $595.9 million in 1995 from $558.7 million for 1994
due to a $41.8 million, or 8.1%, increase in regular route revenues, offset in
part by a $4.5 million, or 11.3%,
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   20
 
decrease in package express revenues. Regular route revenues increased due to a
10.0% increase in total passengers carried, partially offset by a 3.3% decrease
in yield. The decrease in yield is primarily driven by an increase in trip
lengths; the average trip length increased 1.8% in 1995 compared to 1994 due to
a larger increase in long-haul traffic than in intermediate-haul and short-haul
traffic. Package express revenue declined due to the reduction in 1994 of the
number of routes served and the number of hours that the Company's terminals
were open, resulting in decreased convenience for customers. As discussed above,
the Company increased its focus on package express in 1996 in an effort to
reverse the decline in package express revenues.
 
     Other operating revenues increased $4.6 million, or 12.4%, to $41.8 million
in 1995 from $37.2 million in 1994 primarily due to an increase in interest
income on the Company's self-insurance deposits resulting from higher interest
rates in 1995 compared to 1994, as well as an increase in prepaid ticket orders.
 
     Operating Expenses. Total operating expenses decreased $33.0 million, or
4.8%, to $647.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 from $680.8 million
for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
     Maintenance costs decreased $5.0 million, or 6.8%, to $68.5 million in 1995
from $73.5 million in 1994 primarily due to a $3.8 million reserve established
in 1994 for environmental remediation costs, as well as savings realized from
the closure of several garages in 1994 and 1995. As a result, maintenance costs
decreased 14.3% on a per bus mile basis. As a percentage of total operating
revenue, maintenance costs decreased to 10.4% in 1995 from 11.9% in 1994.
 
     Transportation expenses increased $23.1 million, or 17.3%, to $156.9
million in 1995 from $133.8 million in 1994 due to an 8.9% increase in bus miles
and a 7.7% increase in transportation expenses per bus mile. Transportation
expenses increased on a per-mile basis primarily due to the hiring and training
of additional drivers to accommodate greater schedule offerings in 1995 compared
to 1994, as well as a contractual pay increase for drivers and higher
driver-related expenses. As a percentage of total operating revenue,
transportation expenses increased to 23.9% in 1995 from 21.7% in 1994.
 
     Agents' commissions and station costs increased $6.3 million, or 5.3%, to
$125.7 million in 1995 from $119.4 million in 1994 primarily due to increased
ticket sales, the conversion of 65 Company-operated ticketing facilities to
commissioned agencies and increased salary and communication costs associated
with the opening of a new telephone center, which allowed the Company to handle
4.8 million, or 25.4%, more calls in 1995 compared to 1994, offset in part by
the elimination of facility, utility and supply costs associated with the
converted ticketing facilities. The conversions also serve to reduce insurance
and general and administrative costs. In addition, agents' commission and
station costs for 1994 includes a $1.3 million charge as a result of the
write-off of certain receivables. As a percentage of total operating revenue,
agents' commissions and station costs decreased to 19.1% in 1995 from 19.4% in
1994.
 
     Marketing, advertising and traffic expenses decreased $10.9 million, or
29.9%, to $25.5 million in 1995 from $36.4 million in 1994 primarily due to a
planned spending reduction in direct advertising expenditures. As a percentage
of total operating revenue, marketing, advertising and traffic expenses
decreased to 3.9% in 1995 from 5.9% in 1994.
 
     Insurance and safety costs decreased $30.0 million, or 36.2%, to $52.8
million in 1995 from $82.8 million in 1994. Excluding the impact of a $30.7
million charge recorded in 1994 as a result of certain pre-bankruptcy claims
that were allowed by the bankruptcy court and adverse claims development in
1994, insurance and safety costs increased slightly in 1995 as compared to 1994.
This increase was a result of increased exposure relating to the 8.9% increase
in bus miles and a shift in the Company's claims management strategy to settle
claims more quickly.
 
     General and administrative expenses increased $1.5 million, or 2.1%, to
$72.1 million in 1995 from $70.6 million in 1994 primarily due to expenses
related to the Company's management incentive plan, higher salaries and benefit
costs for administrative personnel and a reduction in pension plan income,
offset in part by reduced group insurance costs and outside legal counsel fees.
As a percentage of total operating revenues, general administrative expenses
decreased to 11.0% in 1995 from 11.5% in 1994.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   21
 
     Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $5.0 million, or 13.9%, to
$31.0 million in 1995 from $36.0 million in 1994. Excluding the impact of a $7.0
million charge recorded in 1994 to recognize an impairment in value of certain
operating facilities that were not being fully utilized, depreciation and
amortization expense increased primarily due to a full year of depreciation on
151 buses acquired in mid-1994 and by a $2.1 million charge due to the
write-down in the fourth quarter of 1995 of the realizable value of some older
buses and certain real estate that subsequently was sold. As a percentage of
total operating revenue, depreciation and amortization expense decreased to 4.7%
in 1995 from 5.9% in 1994.
 
     Operating taxes and license costs increased $0.7 million, or 1.5%, to $48.2
million in 1995 from $47.5 million in 1994 primarily due to increased fuel and
oil taxes resulting from an 8.9% increase in total bus miles in 1995 compared to
1994 and increased payroll taxes resulting from higher salaries. As a percentage
of total operating revenue, operating taxes and license costs decreased to 7.3%
in 1995 from 7.7% in 1994.
 
     Operating rents decreased $0.4 million, or 0.8%, to $47.9 million in 1995
from $48.3 million in 1994 primarily due to cost savings associated with the
closing of several maintenance facilities, offset in part by increased station
rents and an increase in casual bus rentals to accommodate higher holiday
traffic volume in 1995 compared to 1994. As a percentage of total operating
revenue, operating rents decreased to 7.3% in 1995 from 7.8% in 1994.
 
     Other operating expense decreased $9.9 million, or 60.0%, to $6.6 million
in 1995 from $16.5 million in 1994. Included in other operating expense for 1994
were a $4.5 million write-down of the realizable value of certain real estate to
be sold, a $2.9 million charge relating to certain computer systems that no
longer were being utilized by the Company and a charge relating to the
discontinuance of a planned roll-out of a collision detection system in the
Company's buses. Other operating expense in 1995 was also favorably impacted by
a $1.2 million gain on the repurchase by the Company of $10.7 million of Senior
Notes.
 
     Interest expense decreased $6.7 million, or 20.0%, to $26.8 million in 1995
from $33.5 million in 1994 as a result of the elimination of $7.6 million of
annual interest expense as a result of the conversion of certain convertible
debt debentures to common stock, offset in part by a full year of interest on
financing entered into in mid-1994 to finance the acquisition of buses and the
interest component of a settlement with the Internal Revenue Service for the
Company's 1987, 1988 and 1989 federal income taxes. As a percentage of total
operating revenue, interest expense decreased to 4.1% in 1995 from 5.4% in 1994.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     The Company's principal liquidity requirements are to provide working
capital, to finance capital expenditures, including bus acquisitions, to meet
debt service requirements, including the payment of principal and interest on
borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and interest on the Senior Notes.
The Company's principal sources of liquidity are expected to be cash flow from
operations and borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Company
believes that its cash flow from operations, together with borrowings under the
Revolving Credit Facility, will be sufficient to meet its liquidity needs for
the foreseeable future.
 
     Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities was ($13.2) million,
$29.5 million and $16.0 million for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and
1996, respectively. The increased cash provided by higher operating income and
lower net loss in 1996 compared to 1995 was more than offset by an increase in
current assets and a smaller increase in accrued liabilities in 1996 than in
1995. Net cash used for investing activities was $58.2 million, $34.1 million
and $24.1 million for 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, principally due to
capital expenditures, consisting primarily of acquisitions of buses and real
estate and facility improvements, totalling $81.6 million, $46.4 million and
$38.4 million for 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, offset in part by proceeds
of assets sold of $28.6 million, $12.3 million and $16.7 million, respectively.
The 1996 proceeds reflect the sale and leaseback of 59 buses for a total of
$14.8 million. Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities was $41.2
million, ($1.4) million and $5.5 million for 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
     The Company anticipates continuing to make significant capital expenditures
in connection with improvements to its infrastructure, including acquiring
buses, making improvements to its terminals and
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   22
 
maintaining and upgrading its computer systems. The Company's experience
indicates that as the age of its bus fleet increases, the dependability and
quality of service declines, which may make the Company less competitive. In
addition, the Company believes that acquiring new buses and improving the
Company's terminals and computer systems will permit the Company to continue to
improve customer service, which the Company believes has contributed
significantly to its improved operating results in 1995 and 1996. The Company
estimates that capital expenditures for 1997 will total approximately $29.8
million, including the acquisitions of four bus terminals the Company has agreed
to purchase, but excluding bus acquisitions. The Company is in discussions to
order up to 100 new buses having an estimated aggregate purchase price of up to
$26.0 million in 1997, a majority of which is expected to be financed through
capital or operating leases.
 
     The Company generally uses lease financing with purchase options as the
principal source of bus financing in order to achieve the lowest net cost of bus
financing. Depending on the specific terms of a lease, such lease may be
accounted for as either an operating or capital lease. The Company may also
acquire buses outright and may purchase buses and subsequently engage in
sale-leaseback transactions with respect to such buses.
 
     The following table summarizes the Company's bus acquisitions and other
capital expenditures for 1994, 1995 and 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1994     1995     1996
                                                              -----    -----    -----
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
Bus Acquisitions                                                 (NUMBER OF BUSES)
- ------------------------------------------------------------
  Buses acquired through operating leases(1)................    125       73      132
  Buses acquired through capital leases(1)..................     --       --       77
  Buses purchased through cash flows or borrowings(2).......    165      102       35
                                                              -----    -----    -----
          Total buses acquired..............................    290      175      244
                                                              =====    =====    =====
Capital expenditures                                               (IN MILLIONS)
- ------------------------------------------------------------
  Bus purchases, net of sale proceeds(3)....................  $38.6    $24.3    $(6.7)
  Real estate purchases.....................................    7.0      3.4     12.0
  Other, net of sale proceeds...............................    7.3      6.3     16.4
                                                              -----    -----    -----
          Total capital expenditures, net of sale
            proceeds........................................  $52.9    $34.0    $21.7
                                                              =====    =====    =====
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Includes buses that were purchased in the year indicated and that
    subsequently were sold and leased back by the Company in such year. Excludes
    buses that were purchased in a prior year and sold and leased back by the
    Company in the year indicated.
 
(2) Includes buses that were purchased in the year indicated and that were sold
    and leased back by the Company in a subsequent year. Excludes buses that
    were purchased in the year indicated and that subsequently were sold and
    leased back by the Company in such year.
 
(3) Consists of the purchase price of buses purchased in the year indicated,
    including the purchase price of buses that subsequently were sold and leased
    back by the Company, minus the net proceeds to the Company from all
    sale-leaseback transactions and other sales of buses during such year.
 
     The Company requires significant cash flows to meet its debt service and
other continuing obligations. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had $192.6
million of long-term indebtedness outstanding, including $10.7 million of
borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and $138.7 million of Senior
Notes. In addition, as of December 31, 1996, the Company had total availability
of $47.9 million under the Revolving Credit Facility.
 
     The Revolving Credit Facility consists of (i) a revolving facility
providing for advances of up to $62.5 million based on the value of certain
fixed asset collateral (the "Fixed Asset Facility"), (ii) a revolving facility
providing for advances of up to $2.5 million based on a formula of eligible
accounts receivable, (iii) a bus purchase facility providing for borrowings of
up to $30.0 million (the "Bus Purchase Facility") and (iv) a
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   23
 
real estate facility providing for borrowings of up to $10.0 million (the "Real
Estate Facility"). As of February 1, 1997, borrowings under the Revolving Credit
Facility bear interest at a rate equal to the prime rate (8.25% as of February
1, 1997) plus 1.5%, except for borrowings under the Real Estate Facility, which
bear interest at a rate equal to the prime rate plus 1.75%. Borrowings under the
Revolving Credit Facility mature on June 30, 1999, although availability under
the Fixed Asset Facility will be subject to quarterly reductions commencing in
1998 unless additional collateral is pledged. The Revolving Credit Facility is
secured by liens on substantially all of the assets of the Company. The
Revolving Credit Facility is subject to certain operating and financial
covenants, including maintenance of a minimum net worth and ratio of cash flow
to interest expense. In addition, non-bus capital expenditures are limited to
$30.0 million annually with no spending limitations on bus purchases. As of
December 31, 1996, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. The
Company currently is in the process of renegotiating the terms of the Revolving
Credit Facility. The Company expects that the amended facility will, among other
things, increase the borrowing availability thereunder and provide a LIBOR-based
interest rate option.
 
     The Company maintains cash deposits held for insurance claims and bus lease
collateral, which as of March 7, 1997 aggregated approximately $82.9 million,
including the following deposits. The Company maintains $15.0 million on deposit
in a trust fund to support its self-insurance program pursuant to the Surface
Transportation Board's approval of such program. Due to a decrease in pending
claims and the Company's recent claims history, the Company's carriers reduced
the level of cash and letters of credit required to be pledged by $8.5 million
in April 1995 and $14.0 million in December 1995. As of March 7, 1997, the
Company had pledged $32.0 million in cash and $8.8 million in letters of credit
to secure its liability insurance obligations. Depending on the Company's future
claims history and the policies of its insurance carriers, such carriers could
increase or decrease the amount of collateral that the Company is obligated to
pledge to secure its liability insurance obligations. The Company also has
deposits of $20.3 million pledged as collateral in connection with the sale and
leaseback of 319 buses. Additionally, the Company has deposits of $10.1 million
pledged as collateral in connection with two other sale and leaseback
agreements.
 
     The Company maintains five defined benefit pension plans, the most
significant of which (the "ATU Plan") covers approximately 16,500 current and
former employees, fewer than 1,300 of which are active employees of the Company.
The ATU Plan was closed to new participants in 1983 and, as a result, over 80%
of its participants are over the age of 50. For financial reporting and
investment planning purposes, the Company currently uses an actuarial table that
closely matches the actual experience related to the existing participant
population. As a result of legislation enacted in 1994 by the United States
Congress, the Company may be required to begin measuring its funding obligation
under the ATU Plan utilizing an actuarial table prescribed by such legislation.
If so required, the Company currently estimates, based on assumed rates of
return on the ATU Plan's investments, that it would be required to begin making
contributions to the ATU Plan beginning no earlier than 1998 in an aggregate
amount over the next five years ranging from approximately $6.0 million to
approximately $30.0 million. If the ATU Plan is unable to attain such assumed
investment rates of return, such contributions could be higher. Although the
Company is exploring whether it may be able to obtain relief from this
requirement, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such
relief, that the ATU Plan will be able to obtain the assumed rate of return or
that contributions to the ATU Plan will not be significant.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   24
 
SEASONALITY
 
     The Company's business is seasonal in nature and generally follows the
pattern of the travel industry as a whole, with peaks during the summer months
and the Thanksgiving and Christmas holiday periods. As a result, the Company's
cash flows are seasonal in nature with a disproportionate amount of the
Company's annual cash flows being generated during the peak travel periods.
Therefore, an event that adversely affects ridership during any of these peak
periods could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition and results of operations for that year. The day of the week on which
certain holidays occur, the length of certain holiday periods, and the date on
which certain holidays occur within a fiscal quarter, may also affect the
Company's quarterly results of operations. The following table sets forth
certain operating data of the Company by quarter for 1995 and 1996 (in
millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                --------------------------------------------------
                                                 FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH
                                                QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    TOTAL
                                                -------    -------    -------    -------    ------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Total Operating Revenues......................  $131.5     $161.0     $198.6     $166.0     $657.1
EBITDA(1).....................................    (4.4)       4.3       29.0       11.5       40.4
Operating Income (Loss).......................   (11.8)      (2.8)      21.9        2.1        9.4
Net Income (Loss).............................   (18.7)      (9.9)      15.3       (4.5)     (17.8)
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                --------------------------------------------------
                                                 FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH
                                                QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    TOTAL
                                                -------    -------    -------    -------    ------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Total Operating Revenues......................  $141.6     $172.3     $208.1     $178.9     $700.9
EBITDA(1).....................................    (7.3)       8.5       34.1       16.2       51.5
Operating Income (Loss).......................   (14.9)       1.2       26.4        8.1       20.8
Net Income (Loss).............................   (21.5)      (5.5)      19.4        1.0       (6.6)
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
    and extraordinary items.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   25
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE NO.
                                                              --------
<S>                                                           <C>
Management Report on Responsibility for Financial
  Reporting.................................................     26
Report of Independent Public Accountants....................     27
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of December
  31, 1995 and 1996.........................................     28
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996..........................     29
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
  Years Ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996..............     30
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996..........................     31
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................     32
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts -- For the
  Years Ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996..............     55
</TABLE>
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   26
 
                      MANAGEMENT REPORT ON RESPONSIBILITY
                            FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
     The management of Greyhound Lines, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the
"Company") has the responsibility for preparing the accompanying consolidated
financial statements and for their integrity and objectivity. The statements
were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
applied on a consistent basis and are not misstated due to fraud or material
error. The financial statements include amounts that are based on management's
best estimates and judgments. Management also prepared the other information in
the annual report on Form 10-K and is responsible for its accuracy and
consistency with the financial statements.
 
     The Company's consolidated financial statements have been audited by Arthur
Andersen LLP, independent public accountants approved by the Board of Directors.
Management has made available to Arthur Andersen LLP all the Company's financial
records and related data, as well as the minutes of the stockholders' and
directors' meetings. Furthermore, management believes that all representations
made to Arthur Andersen LLP during its audits were valid and appropriate.
 
     Management of the Company has established and maintains a system of
internal control that provides reasonable assurance as to the integrity and
reliability of the financial statements, the protection of assets from
unauthorized use or disposition, and the prevention and detection of fraudulent
financial reporting. The system of internal control provides for appropriate
division of responsibility and is documented by written policies and procedures
that are communicated to employees with significant roles in the financial
reporting process and updated as necessary. Management continually monitors the
internal control system for compliance. The Company maintains an internal
auditing program that independently assesses the effectiveness of the internal
controls and recommends possible improvements thereto. In addition, as part of
its audits of the Company's consolidated financial statements, Arthur Andersen
LLP considered the Company's system of internal control to the extent they
deemed necessary to determine the nature, timing and extent of audit tests to be
applied. Management has considered the internal auditors' and Arthur Andersen
LLP's recommendations concerning the Company's system of internal control and
has taken actions that the Company believes respond appropriately to these
recommendations. Management believes that the Company's system of internal
control is adequate to accomplish the objectives discussed herein.
 
     Management also recognizes its responsibility for fostering a strong
ethical climate so that the Company's affairs are conducted according to the
highest standards of personal and corporate conduct. This responsibility is
characterized and reflected in the Company's code of corporate conduct, which is
publicized throughout the Company. The code of conduct addresses, among other
things, the necessity of ensuring open communication within the Company;
potential conflicts of interests; compliance with all domestic and foreign laws,
including those relating to financial disclosure; and the confidentiality of
proprietary information. The Company maintains a systematic program to assess
compliance with these policies.
 
                                                    Steven L. Korby
                                               Executive Vice President,
                                                Chief Financial Officer
 
Dallas, Texas
March 19, 1997
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   27
 
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Greyhound Lines, Inc.:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial
position of Greyhound Lines, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as
of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Greyhound Lines, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
     Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in the index at item
8 (Schedule II) is the responsibility of the Company's management and is
presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange
Commission's rules and are not part of the basic financial statements. This
schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audits of
the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly state in all material
respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the
basic financial statements taken as a whole.
 
                                                    ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Dallas, Texas
February 12, 1997
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   28
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1995        1996
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Current Assets
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $  3,494    $    898
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts
     of $217 and $241.......................................    29,912      32,844
  Inventories...............................................     3,615       3,840
  Prepaid expenses..........................................     7,353       8,179
  Assets held for sale......................................     4,534       4,224
  Other current assets......................................     8,885      11,329
                                                              --------    --------
          Total current assets..............................    57,793      61,314
Prepaid Pension Plans.......................................    24,299      24,927
Property, Plant and Equipment, net of accumulated
  depreciation of $84,234 and $101,901......................   300,603     314,454
Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates....................     1,367       2,437
Insurance and Security Deposits.............................    76,586      76,180
Intangible Assets, net of accumulated amortization of
  $14,901 and $19,105.......................................    20,000      20,970
                                                              --------    --------
          Total assets......................................  $480,648    $500,282
                                                              ========    ========
Current Liabilities
  Accounts payable..........................................  $ 18,205    $ 23,900
  Accrued liabilities.......................................    54,971      53,500
  Unredeemed tickets........................................     9,140       9,523
  Current portion of reserve for injuries and damages.......    24,605      19,864
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................     5,259      11,662
                                                              --------    --------
          Total current liabilities.........................   112,180     118,449
Reserve for Injuries and Damages............................    41,056      40,099
Long-Term Debt..............................................   172,671     192,581
Deferred Gains..............................................       920         562
Other Liabilities...........................................     4,059       7,710
                                                              --------    --------
          Total liabilities.................................   330,886     359,401
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 18)
Stockholders' Equity
  Preferred stock (10,000,000 shares authorized; par value
     $.01; none issued) Series A junior preferred stock
     (500,000 shares authorized; par value $.01; none
     issued)................................................        --          --
  Common stock (100,000,000 shares authorized; 58,277,318
     and 58,469,469 shares issued as of December 31, 1995
     and 1996, respectively; par value $.01)................       583         585
  Capital in excess of par value............................   228,422     229,104
  Retained deficit..........................................   (74,633)    (81,237)
  Less: Unfunded accumulated pension obligation.............    (3,572)     (6,533)
  Less: Treasury stock, at cost (109,192 shares)............    (1,038)     (1,038)
                                                              --------    --------
          Total stockholders' equity........................   149,762     140,881
                                                              --------    --------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........  $480,648    $500,282
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   29
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------------------
                                                                1994         1995       1996
                                                              ---------    --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>        <C>
Operating Revenues
  Transportation services
     Regular route..........................................  $ 518,431    $560,239   $597,779
     Package express........................................     40,232      35,690     33,527
  Food services.............................................     19,490      19,440     21,363
  Other operating revenues..................................     37,158      41,752     48,189
                                                              ---------    --------   --------
          Total operating revenues..........................    615,311     657,121    700,858
                                                              ---------    --------   --------
Operating Expenses
  Maintenance...............................................     73,469      68,540     73,441
  Transportation............................................    133,766     156,878    170,979
  Agents' commissions and station costs.....................    119,438     125,650    131,715
  Marketing, advertising and traffic........................     36,445      25,513     25,811
  Insurance and safety......................................     82,786      52,820     41,088
  General and administrative................................     70,583      72,105     80,496
  Depreciation and amortization.............................     36,046      31,010     30,683
  Operating taxes and licenses..............................     47,478      48,186     49,831
  Operating rents...........................................     48,286      47,884     53,993
  Cost of goods sold -- food services.......................     13,465      12,597     13,774
  Other operating expenses..................................     16,502       6,575      8,243
  Restructuring expenses....................................      2,523          --         --
                                                              ---------    --------   --------
          Total operating expenses..........................    680,787     647,758    680,054
                                                              ---------    --------   --------
Operating Income (Loss).....................................    (65,476)      9,363     20,804
Interest Expense............................................     33,456      26,807     27,346
                                                              ---------    --------   --------
Loss Before Income Taxes and Extraordinary Items............    (98,932)    (17,444)    (6,542)
Income Tax Provision........................................     16,862         374         62
                                                              ---------    --------   --------
Loss Before Extraordinary Items.............................   (115,794)    (17,818)    (6,604)
Extraordinary Items.........................................    (38,373)         --         --
                                                              ---------    --------   --------
Net Loss....................................................  $ (77,421)   $(17,818)  $ (6,604)
                                                              =========    ========   ========
Earnings Per Share of Common Stock:
  Primary
     Loss before extraordinary items........................  $   (7.58)   $  (0.33)  $  (0.11)
     Extraordinary items....................................       2.51          --         --
                                                              ---------    --------   --------
     Net loss...............................................  $   (5.07)   $  (0.33)  $  (0.11)
                                                              =========    ========   ========
  Fully diluted
     Loss before extraordinary items........................  $   (7.58)   $  (0.33)  $  (0.11)
     Extraordinary items....................................       2.51          --         --
                                                              ---------    --------   --------
     Net loss...............................................  $   (5.07)   $  (0.33)  $  (0.11)
                                                              =========    ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   30
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           COMMON STOCK                                        CAPITAL IN
                                    COMMON STOCK            SUBSCRIBED         TREASURY STOCK     CAPITAL IN   EXCESS OF
                                 -------------------   --------------------   -----------------   EXCESS OF    PAR VALUE
                                   SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES      AMOUNT   SHARES    AMOUNT    PAR VALUE    SUBSCRIBED
                                 ----------   ------   -----------   ------   -------   -------   ----------   ----------
<S>                              <C>          <C>      <C>           <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1993.....  14,776,066    $148             --   $  --    124,912   $(1,102)   $134,013     $     --
Exercise of stock options......       1,370      --             --      --         --        --          13           --
Issuance of treasury stock.....          --      --             --      --    (15,720)       64          28           --
Tender Offer (see Note 17).....  22,790,308     227             --      --         --        --      48,772           --
Rights Offering (see Note
  17)..........................          --      --     16,279,070     163         --        --          --       29,184
Net loss.......................          --      --             --      --         --        --          --           --
                                 ----------    ----    -----------   -----    -------   -------    --------     --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994.....  37,567,744     375     16,279,070     163    109,192    (1,038)    182,826       29,184
Rights Offering................  16,279,070     163    (16,279,070)   (163)        --        --      29,184      (29,184)
Tender of debentures...........       6,060      --             --      --         --        --          75           --
Issuance of new equity
  interests in connection with
  401(k) match.................     415,044       5             --      --         --        --         962           --
Issuance of new equity
  interests....................   4,000,000      40             --      --         --        --      15,347           --
Exercise of stock options......       9,400      --             --      --         --        --          28           --
Adjustment for unfunded
  accumulated pension
  obligation...................          --      --             --      --         --        --          --           --
Net loss.......................          --      --             --      --         --        --          --           --
                                 ----------    ----    -----------   -----    -------   -------    --------     --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995.....  58,277,318     583             --      --    109,192    (1,038)    228,422           --
Exercise of stock options......     100,450       1             --      --         --        --         257           --
Issuance of stock in connection
  with 401(k) match............      91,701       1             --      --         --        --         425           --
Adjustment for unfunded
  accumulated pension
  obligation...................          --      --             --      --         --        --          --           --
Net loss.......................          --      --             --      --         --        --          --           --
                                 ----------    ----    -----------   -----    -------   -------    --------     --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996.....  58,469,469    $585             --   $  --    109,192   $(1,038)   $229,104     $     --
                                 ==========    ====    ===========   =====    =======   =======    ========     ========
 
<CAPTION>
                                  UNFUNDED
                                 ACCUMULATED   RETAINED
                                   PENSION     EARNINGS
                                 OBLIGATION    (DEFICIT)    TOTAL
                                 -----------   ---------   --------
<S>                              <C>           <C>         <C>
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1993.....    $(1,499)     $ 20,606   $152,166
Exercise of stock options......         --            --         13
Issuance of treasury stock.....         --            --         92
Tender Offer (see Note 17).....         --            --     48,999
Rights Offering (see Note
  17)..........................         --            --     29,347
Net loss.......................         --       (77,421)   (77,421)
                                   -------      --------   --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994.....     (1,499)      (56,815)   153,196
Rights Offering................         --            --         --
Tender of debentures...........         --            --         75
Issuance of new equity
  interests in connection with
  401(k) match.................         --            --        967
Issuance of new equity
  interests....................         --            --     15,387
Exercise of stock options......         --            --         28
Adjustment for unfunded
  accumulated pension
  obligation...................     (2,073)           --     (2,073)
Net loss.......................         --       (17,818)   (17,818)
                                   -------      --------   --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995.....     (3,572)      (74,633)   149,762
Exercise of stock options......         --            --        258
Issuance of stock in connection
  with 401(k) match............         --            --        426
Adjustment for unfunded
  accumulated pension
  obligation...................     (2,961)           --     (2,961)
Net loss.......................         --        (6,604)    (6,604)
                                   -------      --------   --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996.....    $(6,533)     $(81,237)  $140,881
                                   =======      ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   31
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------------------
                                                                1994        1995        1996
                                                              --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
  Net loss..................................................  $(77,421)   $(17,818)   $ (6,604)
  Noncash expenses and gains included in net loss
    Depreciation and amortization...........................    36,046      31,010      30,683
    Amortization of deferred gain...........................      (332)       (357)       (358)
    Amortization of discount on Senior Notes................     2,659       3,037       3,117
    Amortization of debt issuance costs.....................     1,586         925         962
    Net loss on assets sold.................................     3,663         515         295
    Unfunded net pension gain...............................    (6,179)     (2,051)     (1,294)
    Settlement of tax liability.............................        --          --        (760)
    Deferred tax provision..................................    17,000          --          --
    Write-down of surplus property..........................     4,513          --          --
    Write-off of intangible assets..........................       806          --          --
    Write-off of debt issuance costs -- prior credit
      facility..............................................     3,158          --          --
    Extraordinary gain on debt conversion...................   (41,948)         --          --
    Gain on Senior Notes Repurchase.........................        --      (1,166)         --
Net change in certain operating assets and liabilities
    Checks payable..........................................        --          --       8,141
    Accounts receivable.....................................     3,777       4,129      (2,932)
    Inventories.............................................     3,405         164        (225)
    Prepaid expenses........................................    (1,131)      2,895        (826)
    Other current assets....................................    (1,401)      3,974      (2,444)
    Insurance and security deposits.........................    10,759       7,962         406
    Intangible assets.......................................    (4,446)     (5,301)     (6,038)
    Accounts payable........................................    (3,162)      3,763      (2,266)
    Accrued liabilities.....................................     6,135       5,594         237
    Reserve for injuries and damages........................    29,444      (6,682)     (5,698)
    Unredeemed tickets......................................      (102)     (1,119)        383
    Other liabilities.......................................        --          --       1,251
                                                              --------    --------    --------
         Net cash provided by (used for) operating
           activities.......................................   (13,171)     29,474      16,030
                                                              --------    --------    --------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
    Capital expenditures....................................   (81,565)    (46,370)    (38,402)
    Proceeds from assets sold...............................    28,646      12,349      16,680
    Proceeds from termination of interest rate swap.........     1,609          --          --
    Buyout of MDFC Lease....................................        --          --      (1,624)
    Deposit to collateralize operating leases...............    (7,127)         --          --
    Other investing activities..............................       208         (55)       (758)
                                                              --------    --------    --------
         Net cash used for investing activities.............   (58,229)    (34,076)    (24,104)
                                                              --------    --------    --------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
    Payments on debt and capital lease obligations..........    (7,548)    (18,771)     (9,551)
    Proceeds from long-term borrowings......................    31,541          --       4,106
    Net proceeds from Rights Offering.......................    17,205      11,685          --
    Proceeds from issuance-exercise of Common Stock.........        13      15,415         258
    Repurchase Senior Notes.................................        --      (9,687)         --
    Net change in revolving bank loans......................        --          --      10,665
                                                              --------    --------    --------
         Net cash provided by (used for) financing
           activities.......................................    41,211      (1,358)      5,478
                                                              --------    --------    --------
Net decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents...................   (30,189)     (5,960)     (2,596)
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period..............    39,643       9,454       3,494
                                                              --------    --------    --------
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period....................  $  9,454    $  3,494    $    898
                                                              ========    ========    ========
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing
  Activities:
    Cash capital expenditures...............................  $(81,565)   $(46,370)   $(38,402)
    Noncash capital expenditures (See Note 3)...............  $     --    $     --    $(20,004)
                                                              --------    --------    --------
    Total Capital Expenditures..............................  $(81,565)   $(46,370)   $(58,406)
                                                              ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   32
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
1. BACKGROUND AND OPERATING ENVIRONMENT
 
     Greyhound Lines, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") is the only
nationwide provider of intercity bus service in the United States. The Company
provides various services including scheduled passenger service, package express
service and food services at certain terminals. The Company's operations include
a nationwide network of terminal and maintenance facilities, a fleet of
approximately 2,000 buses and approximately 1,600 sales outlets. The Company's
operating subsidiaries include Texas, New Mexico & Oklahoma Coaches, Inc.
("TNM&O") and Vermont Transit, Co., Inc. ("VTC"). The Company is subject to
regulation by the Department of Transportation (the "DOT") and certain states.
 
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Principles of Consolidation
 
     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company. Investments in companies that are 25% to 50% owned ("affiliates")
are accounted for using the equity method. All significant intercompany
transactions and balances have been eliminated.
 
  Certain Reclassifications
 
     Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period statements to
conform them to the December 31, 1996, classifications.
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
     Cash and cash equivalents include short-term investments that are part of
the Company's cash management portfolio. These investments are highly liquid and
have original maturities of three months or less.
 
  Inventories
 
     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with costs
determined using the first-in, first-out method.
 
  Property, Plant and Equipment
 
     Property, plant and equipment, including capitalized leases, are recorded
at cost, including interest during construction, if any. Depreciation is
provided over their estimated useful lives or lease terms, ranging from three to
20 years for structures and improvements, four to 12 years for revenue
equipment, and five to 10 years for all other items, using principally the
straight-line method of depreciation for financial reporting purposes and
accelerated methods for tax reporting purposes. Maintenance costs are expensed
as incurred, and renewals and betterments are capitalized.
 
  Debt Issuance Costs and Discounts
 
     Costs incurred related to the issuance of debt are deferred, and such costs
and any related discounts are amortized to interest expense using the
straight-line method over the life of the related debt.
 
  Software Development Costs
 
     The direct costs of internally developed software are capitalized when
technological feasibility has been established, and amortization of the software
begins when the software is ready for use. The cost of the capitalized software
is amortized over a period of five years.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   33
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  Income Taxes
 
     Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined annually based upon the
estimated future tax effects of the differences in the tax bases of existing
assets and liabilities and the related financial statement carrying amounts,
using currently enacted tax laws and rates.
 
  Reserve for Injuries and Damages
 
     The Company maintains comprehensive automobile liability, general
liability, workers' compensation, and property insurance to insure its assets
and operations. Automobile and general liability insurance coverages are subject
to a $1.5 million self-insured retention per occurrence. The Company also
maintains property insurance subject to a $0.1 million deductible per
occurrence, and maintains workers' compensation insurance, subject to a $1.0
million deductible per occurrence.
 
     Successful claims against the Company, which do not exceed the deductible
or self-insured retention, are paid out of operating cash flows. A reserve for
injuries and damages has been established for these claim payments. The reserve
is based on an assessment of actual claims and claims incurred but not reported,
based upon historical experience. This reserve also includes an estimate of
environmental liabilities.
 
  Revenue Recognition
 
     Transportation revenue is recognized when the service is provided. A
liability for tickets sold but not used is recorded.
 
  Use of Estimates
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at
the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these
estimates.
 
  Long-Lived Assets
 
     The Company periodically evaluates whether the remaining useful life of
long-lived assets may require revision or whether the remaining unamortized
balance is recoverable. When factors indicate that an asset should be evaluated
for possible impairment, the Company uses an estimate of the asset's cash flow
in evaluating its fair value.
 
  Earnings Per Share
 
     Primary earnings (loss) per common share are calculated by dividing net
income (loss) by the weighted average shares of common stock of the Company
("Common Stock") and Common Stock equivalents outstanding during the period.
Common Stock equivalents reflect the assumed exercise of only those outstanding
stock options which would be dilutive. The calculation of fully diluted earnings
(loss) per share of Common Stock considers the additional effect of conversion
of the Company's 8.5% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2007 (the
"Convertible Debentures") if conversion has a dilutive effect. For the years
ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, the assumed exercise of outstanding
in-the-money stock options and conversion of Convertible Debentures has an
anti-dilutive effect. As a result, these shares are excluded from the final
determination of the weighted average shares outstanding at December 31, 1994,
1995 and 1996. The
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   34
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
weighted average shares outstanding used in the calculation of primary and fully
diluted earnings (loss) per share of Common Stock for the years ended December
31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 --------------------------------------
                                                    1994          1995          1996
                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>           <C>
Primary........................................  15,284,050    54,595,377    58,263,327
Fully diluted..................................  15,284,050    54,595,377    58,263,327
</TABLE>
 
3. STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS SUPPLEMENTARY DISCLOSURES
 
     Cash paid for interest was $25.1 million, $22.7 million and $24.5 million
for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. There were
no cash payments for federal income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1994,
1995 and 1996, other than a $0.3 million settlement payment related to an
Internal Revenue Service "IRS" audit of the Company's 1987 through 1989 tax
returns.
 
     Significant noncash investing and financing activities during 1996 included
77 buses which were acquired under capital lease for $17.9 million and computer
equipment which was acquired under capital lease for $2.1 million. In 1994,
noncash activity included the conversion of $89.0 million of Convertible
Debentures into equity resulting in the issuance of approximately 22.8 million
shares of Common Stock.
 
4. INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                ----------------
                                                                 1995      1996
                                                                ------    ------
<S>                                                             <C>       <C>
Service parts...............................................    $2,121    $2,078
Fuel........................................................       381       609
Food service operations.....................................     1,113     1,153
                                                                ------    ------
  Inventories...............................................    $3,615    $3,840
                                                                ======    ======
</TABLE>
 
5. PREPAID EXPENSES
 
     Prepaid expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                ----------------
                                                                 1995      1996
                                                                ------    ------
<S>                                                             <C>       <C>
Insurance...................................................    $3,504    $4,003
Taxes and licenses..........................................     1,195     1,303
Rents.......................................................     1,292       992
Other.......................................................     1,362     1,881
                                                                ------    ------
  Prepaid expenses..........................................    $7,353    $8,179
                                                                ======    ======
</TABLE>
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   35
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
6. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
 
     Other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                -----------------
                                                                 1995      1996
                                                                ------    -------
<S>                                                             <C>       <C>
Deposits on insurance.......................................    $7,505    $ 7,090
Deposits on business combinations...........................        --      2,080
Other.......................................................     1,380      2,159
                                                                ------    -------
  Other current assets......................................    $8,885    $11,329
                                                                ======    =======
</TABLE>
 
     The deposits on insurance held as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, are the
current portion of insurance deposits that include self-insurance deposits
required by the Company's primary insurance carrier to cover interstate and
certain intrastate claims for bodily injury and property damage liability.
Deposits on business combinations represent deposits on two pending
transactions, one of which the Company is awaiting approval from the Surface
Transportation Board (the "STB").
 
7. BENEFIT PLANS
 
  Pension Plans
 
     The Company has five defined benefit pension plans. The first plan (the
"ATU Plan") covers substantially all of the Company's ongoing hourly employees
hired before November 1, 1983. The Company's hourly plan provides normal
retirement benefits to the covered employees based upon a percentage of average
final earnings, reduced pro rata for service of less than 15 years. Participants
in this plan will continue to accrue benefits as long as no contributions are
due from the Company. In the event a contribution is required, the plan benefits
will be frozen until such time as the assets of the plan exceed 115% of the plan
liabilities. The second plan covered salaried employees through May 7, 1990,
when the plan was curtailed. The third plan is a multi-employer pension plan,
instituted in 1992, to cover certain union mechanics. The remaining two plans
are held by TNM&O and VTC and cover substantially all of their salaried and
hourly personnel. It is the Company's policy to fund the minimum required
contribution under existing tax laws.
 
     The Company's net periodic pension income included the following (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                     --------------------------------
                                                       1994        1995        1996
                                                     --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>
Service cost -- benefits earned during the
  period.........................................    $  6,362    $  4,331    $  3,779
Interest cost on projected benefit obligations...      61,261      60,041      51,257
Actual return on plan assets.....................      23,474    (148,028)    (49,621)
Net amortization and deferral....................     (95,805)     81,922      (6,072)
                                                     --------    --------    --------
  Net periodic pension income....................    $ (4,708)   $ (1,734)   $   (657)
                                                     ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   36
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The following table sets forth the funded status and amounts recognized in
the consolidated statements of financial position for the pension plans (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31, 1995                  DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                               --------------------------------   --------------------------------
                                                  PREPAID      ACCRUED PENSION       PREPAID      ACCRUED PENSION
                                               PENSION PLANS   PLAN LIABILITIES   PENSION PLANS   PLAN LIABILITIES
                                               -------------   ----------------   -------------   ----------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>                <C>             <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit
  obligations
  Vested benefit obligations.................    $ 672,665         $  39,078        $ 648,142         $  43,254
                                                 =========         =========        =========         =========
  Accumulated benefit obligations............    $ 696,223         $  39,188        $ 661,682         $  43,474
                                                 =========         =========        =========         =========
Projected benefit obligations................    $ 706,292         $  39,767        $ 672,863         $  44,177
Plan assets at fair value....................      754,582            36,184          720,136            38,345
                                                 ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------
Plan assets greater than (less than)
  projected benefit obligations..............       48,290            (3,583)          47,273            (5,832)
Unrecognized net (gain) loss.................      (23,991)            2,481          (22,346)            3,324
Adjustment required to recognize minimum
  liability..................................           --            (2,073)              --            (2,961)
                                                 ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------
  Prepaid (accrued) pension costs............    $  24,299         $  (3,175)       $  24,927         $  (5,469)
                                                 =========         =========        =========         =========
</TABLE>
 
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, "Employers Accounting
for Pensions," required the Company to record an additional minimum liability of
$3.0 million as of December 31, 1996. This provision is reflected as a reduction
of stockholders' equity.
 
     In determining the benefit obligations and service costs for the Company's
defined benefit pension plans, the following assumptions were used:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ------------------------
                                                                1995          1996
                                                             ----------    ----------
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>
Weighted average discount rate.............................    7.25%         7.50%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets...........    9.00%       7.50-9.00%
Rate of salary progression.................................  0.00-6.00%    0.00-6.00%
</TABLE>
 
     Plan assets consist primarily of government-backed securities, corporate
equity securities, guaranteed insurance contracts, annuities and corporate debt
obligations.
 
  Cash or Deferred Retirement Plans
 
     The Company sponsors 401(k) cash or deferred retirement plans that cover
substantially all of its ongoing salaried, hourly and represented employees.
Costs to the Company related to these plans were $1.2 million, $1.1 million, and
$2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
On October 31, 1991, the Company contributed 500,000 shares of its Common Stock
to an employee stock ownership plan ("ESOP") for its employees. Effective
December 31, 1994, this plan was amended to merge it into the Company's 401(k)
profit sharing plan. An IRS determination letter relating to this merger was
filed and received in 1996.
 
  Other Plans
 
     A contributory trusteed health and welfare plan has been established for
all active hourly employees which are represented by collective bargaining
agreements and a contributory health and welfare plan has been established for
salaried employees and hourly employees who are not represented by collective
bargaining agreements. For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, the
Company incurred costs of
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   37
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
$15.5 million, $13.9 million, and $16.3 million, respectively, related to these
plans. No post-retirement health and welfare plans exist.
 
     The Company also has a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "SERP"),
which covers only key executives of the Company. During 1995, the SERP was
converted from a defined benefit plan to a defined contribution plan. The
Company incurred costs of $0.4 million during 1996. Due to the conversion, the
Company recorded $0.3 million of income in 1995.
 
8. PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------
                                                                1995        1996
                                                              --------    ---------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Land and improvements.......................................  $ 72,351    $  77,954
Structures and improvements
  Owned.....................................................    82,730       89,473
  Capitalized leased assets.................................       650          650
  Lease interests...........................................     4,376        4,376
  Leasehold improvements....................................    22,423       27,006
Revenue equipment
  Owned.....................................................   143,198      135,732
  Capitalized leased assets.................................    22,118       34,165
  Leasehold improvements....................................     1,707        2,900
Furniture and fixtures......................................    25,122       32,499
Vehicles, machinery and equipment
  Owned.....................................................    10,162        9,478
  Capitalized lease assets..................................        --        2,122
                                                              --------    ---------
Property, plant and equipment...............................   384,837      416,355
     Accumulated depreciation...............................   (84,234)    (101,901)
                                                              --------    ---------
          Property, plant and equipment, net................  $300,603    $ 314,454
                                                              ========    =========
</TABLE>
 
     During 1996, the Company took delivery of 244 buses, all of which were
manufactured by Motor Coach International, Inc. ("MCII"). The Company purchased
43 of these buses, 77 were recorded as capital leases, and the remaining were
financed as long-term operating leases. In April 1996, the Company sold and
leased back 51 buses that were purchased in 1995 for net proceeds of $12.6
million. Additionally in 1996, the Company sold and leased back eight buses
purchased in 1996 for net proceeds of $2.2 million.
 
     The Company purchased terminal facilities in Columbus, Ohio and Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania for $8.0 million in 1996.
 
     Accumulated depreciation of capitalized leased assets amounted to $11.6
million and $9.2 million at December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   38
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
9. INSURANCE AND SECURITY DEPOSITS
 
     Insurance and security deposits consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------
                                                               1995       1996
                                                              -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Insurance deposits..........................................  $41,713    $40,481
Security deposits...........................................   34,679     35,314
Other.......................................................      194        385
                                                              -------    -------
          Insurance and security deposits...................  $76,586    $76,180
                                                              =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
     Insurance deposits are required by the Company's self-insurance
authorizations and the Company's primary insurance carrier to cover self-insured
interstate and certain intrastate auto liability as well as workers'
compensation coverage in certain states.
 
     Security deposits at December 31, 1995 and 1996, include (i) a $20.3
million pledge of assets required as a collateral deposit for a $70.1 million
sale/leaseback of 319 buses, (ii) an $8.1 million deposit required by the lessor
in conjunction with a separate sale/leaseback of 125 buses, and (iii) a $2.0
million deposit required by the lessor in conjunction with another separate
sale/leaseback of 46 buses.
 
10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     Intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1995        1996
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Trademark...................................................  $ 10,198    $ 10,198
Software....................................................    21,007      23,340
Debt issuance costs.........................................     3,667       4,807
Deferred lease costs........................................        --       1,701
Other.......................................................        29          29
                                                              --------    --------
Intangible assets...........................................    34,901      40,075
  Accumulated amortization..................................   (14,901)    (19,105)
                                                              --------    --------
          Intangible assets, net............................  $ 20,000    $ 20,970
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
     Trademarks are amortized using the straight-line method over 15 years.
 
11. ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
     Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------
                                                               1995       1996
                                                              -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Compensation, benefits and payroll-related taxes............  $18,237    $18,750
Bus operating leases and rentals............................    1,207      4,125
Interest....................................................    8,134      8,000
Operating, property and income taxes........................    5,982      4,115
Other expenses..............................................   21,411     18,510
                                                              -------    -------
          Accrued liabilities...............................  $54,971    $53,500
                                                              =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   39
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
12. LONG-TERM DEBT AND INTEREST EXPENSE
 
     Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1995        1996
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Secured Indebtedness
  Revolving bank loans, prime plus 2.0% and 1.75% (weighted
     average 10.5% and 10.0%) at December 31, 1995 and 1996,
     respectively, due 1998.................................  $     --    $ 10,665
  Capital lease obligations (weighted average 10.8% and
     10.4% at December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively) due
     through 2003...........................................    14,494      29,604
  Real estate mortgages (weighted average 9.6% and 9.4% at
     December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively) due through
     2006...................................................     2,066       1,685
  Note payable, prime plus 1.5%, due 2004...................    15,588      13,452
Unsecured Indebtedness
  Senior Notes, 10% stated rate (13.5% imputed rate), due
     2001, net of unamortized discount of $17,108 and
     $13,991 at December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively....   135,561     138,679
  Convertible Debentures, 8.5%, due 2007....................     9,804       9,804
  Other long-term debt (weighted average 10.0% at December
     31, 1995 and 1996) due through 1997....................       417         354
                                                              --------    --------
Long-term debt..............................................   177,930     204,243
  Less current maturities...................................    (5,259)    (11,662)
                                                              --------    --------
          Long-term debt, net...............................  $172,671    $192,581
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
  Revolving Credit Facility
 
     During October 1994 as part of a financial restructuring (the "Financial
Restructuring"), the Company entered into a Revolving Credit Facility (the
"Revolving Credit Facility") with Foothill Capital Corporation ("Foothill"),
which replaced the Company's prior bank facility. At the time of the Financial
Restructuring, the Revolving Credit Facility provided for revolving loans and
letters of credit and/or letter of credit guarantees of up to $35.0 million.
 
     In December 1996, the Company renegotiated its Revolving Credit Facility.
Availability under the Revolving Credit Facility is limited to the aggregate of
the following: (1) revolving advances of up to $62.5 million (the "Fixed Asset
Advances") based on the value of certain fixed asset collateral currently
pledged to Foothill; (2) revolving advances of up to $2.5 million based on a
formula of certain eligible accounts receivable; (3) a bus purchase facility of
up to $30.0 million (the "Bus Purchase Facility"); and (4) a real estate line of
up to $10.0 million. The Revolving Credit Facility limits letters of credit and
letters of Credit guarantees to $35.0 million. Borrowings under the Revolving
Credit Facility mature on June 30, 1999, although the availability under the
Fixed Asset Advances will be subject to quarterly reductions commencing January
1998, unless additional collateral is pledged. The Revolving Credit Facility is
secured by liens on substantially all the assets of the Company, and new bus
purchases that are specifically pledged to support borrowings under the Bus
Purchase Facility and real property pledged to support borrowings under the real
estate line. The Revolving Credit Facility allows the Company to dispose of
certain non-core real estate properties. In addition, capital expenditures,
excluding bus purchases, are limited to $30.0 million annually.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   40
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  Senior Notes
 
     The Company's 10% Senior Notes due 2001 (the "Senior Notes") bear interest
at the rate of 10% per annum, payable each January 31 and July 31. The Senior
Notes had an original stated principal amount of $165.0 million, of which $1.7
million had been held by the Company prior to December 1995. During December
1995, the Company repurchased (the "Senior Note Repurchase") an additional $10.7
million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes pursuant to a put/call
agreement with one of the Company's principal stockholders. The Senior Note
Repurchase resulted in a $1.2 million gain which is included in other operating
expenses in the Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year
ended December 31, 1995. The Senior Notes are reflected net of unamortized
discount in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position to reflect an
imputed interest rate of 13.5%, and also net of any Senior Notes held by
consolidated subsidiaries. At the Company's option, the Senior Notes may be
redeemed at any time as a whole, or from time to time in part, initially at a
redemption price equal to 110% of the principal amount thereof, declining
ratably on each July 31, commencing July 31, 1992, to 101% of the principal
amount thereof on July 31, 2000, in each case together with accrued and unpaid
interest to the redemption date. The Senior Notes are subject to mandatory
redemption pursuant to a sinking fund that commenced July 31, 1996, and on each
July 31 thereafter through July 31, 2000, calculated to retire approximately 65%
of the original principal amount of the Senior Notes prior to maturity. The 1996
sinking fund payment of $8.0 million has been met through the Senior Note
Repurchase and the $1.7 million of Senior Notes which the Company owned prior to
the Senior Note Repurchase. The balance of the Senior Note Repurchase, $4.3
million, will be applied to the July 1997 sinking fund payment. In addition, the
Senior Notes are subject to mandatory redemption from the proceeds of certain
sales of assets not used for capital expenditures or to reduce the obligations
under the revolving bank loans. Any Senior Notes not theretofore redeemed mature
on July 31, 2001.
 
  Convertible Debentures
 
     During 1992, the Company issued $98.9 million of 8.5% Convertible
Subordinated Debentures ("Convertible Debentures"). Interest on the Convertible
Debentures is payable semiannually (each March 31 and September 30). The
Convertible Debentures are convertible at the option of the holder at any time
prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed, into Common Stock at the
conversion price of $12.375 per share (equivalent to a conversion rate of
approximately 80.81 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible
Debentures), subject to adjustment in certain events. During the fourth quarter
of 1994, the Company made an offer (the "Tender Offer") to convert the entire
$98.9 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company's Convertible
Debentures into shares of Common Stock at a conversion rate of approximately 256
shares of Common Stock for each $1,000 principal amount of Convertible
Debentures. On December 22, 1994, the Company announced the completion of the
Tender Offer with approximately $89.0 million, or 90.0%, of the $98.9 million
issue being tendered and converted into 22.8 million shares resulting in a $41.9
million extraordinary gain in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Operations for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
  Other
 
     Under the most restrictive provisions of all its debt agreements, the
Company may not incur additional indebtedness, is limited on the payment of
dividends on its Common Stock, and may not enter into certain mergers, or
acquire or dispose of any assets (except in the ordinary course of business).
Covenants under the Revolving Credit Facility restrict the Company's ability to
prepay the Convertible Debentures. The Revolving Credit Facility is subject to
financial covenants, including maintenance of a minimum net worth and an agreed
ratio of cash flow to interest expense. The Revolving Credit Facility also
limits the Company's capital expenditures. At December 31, 1996, the Company was
in compliance with all covenants.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   41
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     During March 1994, the Company ordered 151 new buses from MCII for an
aggregate cost of $34.8 million. The Company took delivery of all of the new
buses as of September 30, 1994. As delivery was taken, the new buses were 90%
financed through a ten-year installment note with Motor Coach Industries
("MCI"), which is secured by the purchased buses and which bears interest at a
rate of prime plus 1.5 percent. MCI subsequently transferred the financing for
50 of the buses to another lender and assigned the financing on the remaining
101 buses to MCI Acceptance Corp. ("MCIAC"), a wholly owned subsidiary of MCII.
In connection with the Rights Offering (see Note 17), the Company made a
prepayment on the amount owed to MCIAC of $12.9 million during February 1995
(see Note 19).
 
     During 1993, the Company executed three interest rate swap agreements
whereby fixed interest rates were swapped for variable interest rates. The
purpose of these agreements was to hedge the interest rates related to the
Company's Senior Notes and the Convertible Debentures. The five-year swap
transactions totaled $150.0 million, and a deposit of $10.0 million was provided
to secure the transaction. When the Company entered into a previous bank credit
facility in December 1993, the deposit was returned to the Company. The net
interest expense during 1995 and 1996 resulting from the interest rate swap
agreements was $0.7 million and $1.5 million, respectively. During January 1994,
the Company terminated a $75.0 million interest rate swap agreement. The gain
resulting from the termination was $1.6 million and is being recognized evenly
over the remaining term of the five-year agreement.
 
     The Company amended its two remaining interest rate swap agreements during
October 1994, to lock in the future payments under the agreements until maturity
in July 1998. The net result of the amendments is to ensure that these swaps
will not be subject to interest rate risk. Consequently, should interest rates
increase, the Company's payments under the agreements will not be adversely
affected. Conversely, should interest rates decline, the Company would not
receive any benefit. Under the amendments, the Company will be required to pay
$4.1 million in total from December 31, 1996, through the remaining term of the
five-year agreements. The Company has collateralized its payment obligations
under the terminated agreements with a $1.1 million letter of credit and liens
on six parcels of Company-owned real property. In January 1997, liens on the
real property began to be released, and in January, 1998, all real estate
collateral will be fully released.
 
     At December 31, 1996, maturities of long-term debt for the next five fiscal
years ending December 31 and all years thereafter, are as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
1997........................................................  $ 11,662
1998........................................................    21,139
1999........................................................    31,578
2000........................................................    57,488
2001........................................................    47,281
2002 and thereafter.........................................    35,095
                                                              --------
                                                              $204,243
                                                              ========
</TABLE>
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   42
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
13. INCOME TAXES
 
  Income Tax Provision
 
     The income tax provision consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                            -------------------------
                                                             1994       1995     1996
                                                            -------     ----     ----
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>      <C>
Current
  Federal.................................................  $    --     $312     $--
  State...................................................     (138)      62      62
                                                            -------     ----     ---
          Total current...................................     (138)     374      62
                                                            -------     ----     ---
Deferred
  Federal.................................................   17,000       --      --
  State...................................................       --       --      --
                                                            -------     ----     ---
          Total deferred..................................   17,000       --      --
                                                            -------     ----     ---
          Income tax provision............................  $16,862     $374     $62
                                                            =======     ====     ===
</TABLE>
 
  Effective Tax Rate
 
     The differences, expressed as a percentage of income before taxes and
extraordinary items, between the statutory and effective federal income tax
rates are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ---------------------------
                                                          1994       1995       1996
                                                          -----      -----      -----
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Statutory tax rate......................................  (34.0)%    (34.0)%    (34.0)%
Dividends received deduction............................     --       (0.1)      (0.5)
Non-compliance fees.....................................    0.1        0.3       (0.3)
State income taxes......................................   (0.1)       0.4        1.0
Unrecognized current year benefit.......................   33.8       32.4       31.0
Reversal of recognition of deferred tax assets..........   17.2         --         --
Other...................................................     --        3.1        3.8
                                                          -----      -----      -----
  Effective tax rate....................................   17.0%       2.1%       1.0%
                                                          =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   43
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  Deferred Tax Assets
 
     Significant components of deferred income taxes at December 31, 1995 and
1996, were as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------
                                                                1995         1996
                                                              --------     --------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Deferred Tax Assets
  Federal and state NOL carryforwards.......................  $ 23,556     $ 30,624
  Reserve for injuries and damages..........................    19,447       17,840
  Book over tax depreciation and amortization...............     1,621        1,358
  Other accrued expenses and reserves.......................     5,838        5,487
  Other deferred tax assets.................................       666          358
                                                              --------     --------
          Total deferred tax assets.........................    51,128       55,667
                                                              --------     --------
Deferred Tax Liabilities
  Tax over book depreciation and amortization...............    10,583       12,131
  Pension cost for tax purposes in excess of books..........     7,491        8,322
  Other deferred tax liabilities............................       192          245
                                                              --------     --------
          Total deferred tax liabilities....................    18,266       20,698
                                                              --------     --------
Net deferred tax assets.....................................    32,862       34,969
Valuation allowance.........................................   (32,862)     (34,969)
                                                              --------     --------
          Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance...  $     --     $     --
                                                              ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
     A valuation allowance must be provided when it is more likely than not that
the deferred income tax asset will not be recognized. As of December 31, 1993,
the Company believed that a sufficient history of earnings had been established
to make realization of a $17.0 million deferred income tax asset more likely
than not. In the third quarter of 1994, due to the uncertainty created by the
Financial Restructuring and the ongoing strategic and operational
reorganization, the Company increased the valuation allowance to reserve for the
$17.0 million deferred income tax asset as the Company believed it no longer met
the "more likely than not" realization criteria.
 
     Future use of the deferred tax asset would normally reflect the recognition
of tax expense and an equal benefit due to the reversal of the reduction of the
valuation allowance, resulting in no net impact to the Company's net earnings.
However, $4.9 million of the deferred tax asset arose prior to the fresh start
date and, as a result, the reversal of the related valuation allowance will be
used to increase capital in excess of par, rather than reduce tax expense.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   44
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  Availability and Amount of NOL's
 
     The Financial Restructuring resulted in an ownership change, as defined
under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). The provisions of
the Code, as they apply to the Company, require that an annual limitation be
placed on the amount of net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards which may be
utilized. Consequently, the Company's NOL carryforwards from 1994 are now
subject to an annual limitation of $2.1 million. Any unused portion of the
current annual limitation may be carried forward to the following year. The
Company incurred a taxable loss in 1995 of $29.8 million, and estimates a 1996
taxable loss of $17.2 million. Neither the 1995 nor 1996 loss is subject to
limitation under Section 382. The Company will also carry forward the unused
1995 and 1996 annual limitation of $2.1 million from the 1994 NOL carryforward.
As a result, the Company will carryforward available NOL's of $78.5 million,
$27.3 million of which is subject to the annual $2.1 million limitation. The NOL
carryforwards expire as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
2006........................................................  $ 1,100
2007........................................................    2,900
2008........................................................    9,800
2009........................................................   17,700
2010........................................................   29,800
2011........................................................   17,200
                                                              -------
                                                              $78,500
                                                              =======
</TABLE>
 
14. FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures About
Fair Value of Financial Instruments" ("SFAS No. 107"), requires disclosure of
the fair value of financial instruments. The following methods and assumptions
were used by the Company in estimating the fair value disclosures for its
financial instruments.
 
     For cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and the revolving bank
loans, the carrying amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position approximate fair value. The fair values of the interest rate swaps,
short-term deposits and long-term insurance deposits are based upon quoted
market prices at December 31, 1995 and 1996, where available. For the portion of
short-term deposits and long-term insurance and security deposits where no
quoted market price is available, the carrying amounts are believed to
approximate fair value. For the other secured indebtedness, real estate
mortgages, note payable and other long-term debt, the fair values are estimated
using discounted cash flow analysis, based upon the Company's incremental
borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The fair values of
the Senior Notes and the Convertible Debentures were based upon quoted market
prices at December 31, 1995 and 1996.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   45
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company's financial instruments
at December 31, 1995 and 1996, are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           DECEMBER 31, 1995       DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                         ---------------------   ---------------------
                                         CARRYING      FAIR      CARRYING      FAIR
                                          AMOUNT       VALUE      AMOUNT       VALUE
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Other current assets
  Deposits on insurance................  $   7,505       7,505   $   7,090   $   7,090
  Deposits on business combinations....         --          --         900         900
Insurance and security deposits
  Insurance deposits...................     41,713      41,713      40,481      40,481
  Security deposits....................     34,679      34,679      35,314      35,314
Long-term debt
  Interest rate swaps..................       (666)     (5,346)       (857)     (3,929)
  Real estate mortgages................     (2,066)     (1,333)     (1,685)     (1,074)
  Note payable.........................    (15,588)    (10,981)    (13,452)    (10,096)
  Senior Notes.........................   (135,561)   (141,980)   (138,679)   (146,946)
  Convertible Debentures...............     (9,804)     (9,118)     (9,804)     (9,730)
  Other long-term debt.................       (417)       (417)       (354)       (354)
</TABLE>
 
15. LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
     The Company leases buses and terminals from various parties pursuant to
capital and operating leases expiring at various dates through 2065.
 
     At December 31, 1996, scheduled future minimum payments for the next five
fiscal years ending December 31, under the capital leases and noncancelable
operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              CAPITAL    OPERATING
                                                              LEASES      LEASES
                                                              -------    ---------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
1997........................................................  $ 6,710    $ 43,457
1998........................................................    6,698      37,261
1999........................................................    6,652      34,530
2000........................................................    7,003      31,987
2001........................................................    3,513      31,475
Thereafter..................................................   10,112     105,538
                                                              -------    --------
          Total minimum lease payments......................   40,688    $284,248
                                                                         ========
     Amounts representing interest..........................   11,084
                                                              -------
          Present value of minimum lease payments...........  $29,604
                                                              =======
</TABLE>
 
     For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, rental expenses for
operating leases (net of sublease rental income of approximately $1.7 million,
$1.9 million and $2.2 million, respectively) amounted to $48.0 million, $47.8
million, and $52.4 million, respectively. Rental expenses for bus operating
leases, excluding casual rents and other short term leases during peak periods,
amounted to $27.5 million in 1996 and are scheduled at $31.5 million for 1997.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   46
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
16. STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
     The Company's five stock option plans have authorized the grant of options
to employees and outside directors for up to 7,939,446 shares of the Company's
Common Stock. All options granted have five to 10 year terms and vest over a
three to four year period of continued employment or service on the Company's
board of directors.
 
     The Company has elected to continue to follow Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25) and related
Interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options. However, pro forma
information regarding net income and earnings per share is required by FASB
Statement No. 123 "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS 123), and has
been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options
under the fair value method of that Statement. The fair value for these options
was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model
with the following weighted-average assumptions for 1995 and 1996: risk-free
interest rates of 6.0% and 7.0%; dividend yield of zero; volatility factor of
the expected market price of the Company's Common Stock of 0.35; and a
weighted-average expected life of the options of 5.7 years.
 
     The Black-Scholes option valuation model (the "Black-Scholes Model") was
developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no
vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation
models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected
stock price volatility. Because the Company's employee stock options have
characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and
because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the
fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not
necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee
stock options.
 
     Had compensation cost for these plans been determined consistent with SFAS
123, the Company's net loss and earnings per share would have been reduced to
the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1995       1996
                                                              --------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Pro forma net loss..........................................  $(19,379)   $(8,647)
Pro forma earnings per share................................  $  (0.35)   $ (0.15)
</TABLE>
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   47
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     A summary of the Company's stock option activity and related information
for the years ended December 31 follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
                                         SHARES     ----------------------------    WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                       AVAILABLE                    EXERCISE       PER SHARE VALUE OF
                                       FOR GRANT      SHARES     PRICE PER SHARE   OPTIONS GRANTED (1)
                                       ----------   ----------   ---------------   -------------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>          <C>               <C>
Balance, December 31, 1993...........   1,381,136    2,070,245    $9.81-$20.63
  New shares authorized..............      20,000           --              --
  Options granted....................  (1,380,700)   1,380,700    $2.06-$10.50              N/A(2)
  Options exercised..................          --       (1,370)          $9.81
  Terminated or canceled.............   1,537,324   (1,537,324)   $2.84-$20.63
                                       ----------   ----------
Balance, December 31, 1994...........   1,557,760    1,912,251    $2.06-$20.63
  New shares authorized..............   4,365,810           --              --
  Options granted....................  (3,892,186)   3,892,186     $1.66-$4.19            $1.16
  Options exercised..................          --       (9,400)          $2.84
  Terminated or canceled.............     673,650     (683,650)   $1.66-$20.63
                                       ----------   ----------
Balance, December 31, 1995...........   2,705,034    5,111,387    $1.66-$20.63
  New shares authorized..............          --           --              --
  Options granted....................  (1,352,000)   1,352,000        $0-$4.25            $1.52
  Options exercised..................          --     (100,450)    $1.66-$3.09
  Terminated or canceled.............     418,000     (418,000)   $1.66-$20.63
                                       ----------   ----------
Balance, December 31, 1996...........   1,771,034    5,944,937       $0-$20.63
                                       ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Value determined as of date of issue using the Black-Scholes Model and the
stated assumptions.
 
(2) SFAS 123 does not require any options granted before January 1, 1995 to be
    valued.
 
     The table below details the Company's options outstanding by related option
exercise price.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    OPTIONS                 RANGE OF
  OUTSTANDING            EXERCISE PRICE
  -----------            --------------
  <C>                    <C>
   2,523,366             $    0 -  3.00
   3,176,020               3.09 -  5.44
     245,551              9.81 - 20.625
   ---------
   5,944,937
   =========
</TABLE>
 
     Of the options outstanding at year-end, 2,150,515 were exercisable at
December 31, 1996.
 
17. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     An amendment to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation was approved at
a special meeting of stockholders on December 21, 1994. The amendment increases
the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company authorized for issuance from
50,000,000 shares to 100,000,000 shares. The amendment was sought principally to
permit the consummation of the Financial Restructuring of the Company involving
an offer (the "Tender Offer") to convert the Company's Convertible Debentures,
into Common Stock of the Company at an increased conversion rate and offer (the
"Rights Offering") pursuant to which the existing holders of Common Stock had
the right to subscribe for and purchase, in the aggregate, $35.0 million of
Common Stock, as well as to provide for future flexibility to take advantage of
business or financial opportunities.
 
     On December 22, 1994, the Company announced the completion of the Tender
Offer for its Convertible Debentures with $89.0 million, or 90.0%, of the
outstanding Convertible Debentures being tendered and converted into
approximately 22.8 million shares of the Company's Common Stock. At December 31,
1994, the Rights Offering for approximately 16.3 million shares of Common Stock
was fully committed and
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   48
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
$19.9 million of the related proceeds had been received. The Company received
the balance of the proceeds of the Rights Offering in January 1995. In
connection with the Financial Restructuring, the Company incurred approximately
$6.8 million in professional fees and prepaid $12.9 million in debt owed to
MCIAC (see Note 19).
 
     The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of $.01 par value
preferred stock. The Board of Directors may designate and issue one or more
series of preferred stock from the authorized and unissued shares of preferred
stock. During 1994, the Company designated 500,000 shares of preferred stock as
"Series A" junior preferred stock in connection with the stockholders rights
plan discussed below. No preferred stock had been issued as of December 31,
1996.
 
     On March 22, 1994, the Company's Board of Directors adopted a stockholder
rights plan (the "Rights Plan"). The Rights Plan provides for a dividend
distribution of a Preferred Stock Purchase Right (the "Rights") for each share
of Common Stock held by stockholders of record at the close of business on April
4, 1994. The Rights will become exercisable only in the event that, with certain
exceptions, an acquiring party accumulates 15% or more of the Company's voting
stock. The Rights have no voting rights and are not entitled to receive
dividends. The Rights will expire on March 22, 2004. Each Right will entitle the
holder to buy 1/100th of a share of Series A preferred stock at a price of $35.
The Series A preferred stock would also have one vote, voting together with the
Common Stock upon issuance. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events,
holders of the Rights will be entitled to purchase either Common Stock or shares
in an acquiring entity at 50% of the market value. The Company will be entitled
to redeem the Rights at $.01 per Right at any time through the tenth day
following the acquisition of a 15% position in its voting stock.
 
     In October 1995, the Company completed a sale of 10,004,144 shares of
Common Stock. Four million shares were sold by the Company and 6,004,144 shares
were sold by Motor Coach Industries Limited, a selling stockholder. The Company
did not receive any portion of the proceeds from the sale of shares of Common
Stock by the selling stockholder.
 
     Net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 4,000,000 shares of Common
Stock offered by the Company were $15.4 million. The Company used $9.7 million
of the net proceeds it received for the Senior Note Repurchase. The purchase
price for the Senior Notes was based on arm's-length negotiations. The Company
used the remaining net proceeds from the sale of the Common Stock for general
corporate purposes.
 
18. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
SECURITIES AND DERIVATIVE LITIGATION; SEC INVESTIGATION
 
     Between August and December 1994, seven purported class action lawsuits
were filed by purported owners of the Company's Common Stock, Convertible
Debentures and Senior Notes against the Company and certain of its former
officers and directors. The suits sought unspecified damages for securities laws
violations as a result of statements made in public reports and press releases
and to securities analysts during 1993 and 1994 that were alleged to have been
false and misleading.
 
     All the purported class action cases referred to above (with the exception
of one suit that was dismissed before being served on any defendants) were
transferred to the United States District Court for the Northern District of
Texas, the Court in which the first purported class action suit was filed, and
were pending under a case styled In re Greyhound Securities Litigation, Civil
Action 3-94-CV-1793-G. A joint pretrial order was entered in the class action
litigation which consolidated for pretrial and discovery purposes all of the
stockholder actions and, separately, all of the debtholder actions. The joint
pretrial order required plaintiffs to file consolidated amended complaints and
excused answers to the original complaints. In July 1995, the plaintiffs filed
their consolidated amended complaints, naming the Company, Frank J. Schmieder,
J. Michael Doyle, Phillip W. Taff, Robert R. Duty, Don T. Seaquist, Charles J.
Lee, Charles A. Lynch and Smith Barney
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   49
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Incorporated as defendants. Messrs. Lee, Lynch and Taff were subsequently
dismissed from the case by the plaintiffs. In September 1995, the various
defendants filed motions to dismiss plaintiffs' complaints. In October 1995,
plaintiffs filed a motion seeking to certify the class of plaintiffs.
 
     On October 3, 1996, the Court ruled in favor of the Company and all other
defendants, granting defendants' motions to dismiss. Pursuant to the Court's
order, the complaints were dismissed, with leave granted to the plaintiffs to
refile amended complaints within 20 days thereafter. On October 23, 1996, an
amended complaint was tendered to the Court. All seven class representatives
involved in the prior complaints were dropped from the case. A new purported
class plaintiff, John Clarkson, was named and a motion was filed seeking leave
to permit Mr. Clarkson to intervene as the new class representative. The amended
complaint alleges a class period of May 4, 1993 to October 26, 1993 and has been
brought only on behalf of holders of Common Stock. The amended complaint names
the same defendants involved in the dismissed cases (the Company, Messrs.
Schmieder, Doyle, Duty and Seaquist and Smith Barney Incorporated); no new
defendants were added and none were dropped. In December 1996, the defendants
filed responses to plaintiff's motion for intervention. In January 1997, the
plaintiff filed a reply brief. Therefore, all briefing regarding the
intervention has been completed. The Court has advised the parties that no
responsive pleading need be filed to the amended complaint until such time as
the Court rules on the motion for intervention filed by Mr. Clarkson.
 
     In November 1994, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed by Harvey R.
Rice, a purported owner of the Company's Common Stock, against present directors
and former officers and directors of the Company and the Company as a nominal
defendant. The suit seeks to recover monies obtained by certain defendants by
allegedly trading in the Company's securities on the basis of nonpublic
information and to recover monies for certain defendants' alleged fraudulent
dissemination of false and misleading information concerning the Company's
financial condition and future business prospects. The suit, filed in the
Delaware Court of Chancery, New Castle County, is styled Harvey R. Rice v. Frank
J. Schmieder, J. Michael Doyle, Charles A. Lynch, Richard J. Caley, Thomas F.
Meagher, Thomas G. Plaskett, Kenneth R. Norton, Robert B. Gill, Alfred E.
Osborne, Jr., J. Patrick Foley, Charles J. Lee and Greyhound Lines, Inc., Civil
Action No. 13854. Pursuant to a stipulation, the time for all defendants to
answer, move or otherwise plead with respect to the derivative complaint is not
yet due.
 
     In May 1995, a lawsuit was filed on behalf of two individuals, purported
owners of the Company's Common Stock, against the Company and certain of its
former officers and directors. The suit seeks unspecified damages for securities
laws violations as a result of statements made in public reports and press
releases and to securities analysts during 1993 and 1994 that are alleged to
have been misleading. The suit, filed in the United States District Court for
the Northern District of Ohio, was styled James Illius and Teodore J. Krawec v.
Greyhound Bus Lines, Inc., Frank J. Schmieder and J. Michael Doyle, Civil Action
No. 1-95-CV-1140. The defendants filed a motion to transfer venue seeking to
have the case transferred to the Northern District of Texas where the class
action litigation was pending. In September 1995, the defendants' motion was
granted, and the matter was transferred and was consolidated into the class
action litigation described above.
 
     On October 29, 1996, a purported class action lawsuit was brought by a
purported holder of Common Stock against the Company, certain of its former
officers and directors and Smith Barney and Morgan Stanley & Company, Inc. The
suit seeks unspecified damages for alleged federal and Texas state securities
laws violations in connection with a Common Stock offering made by the Company
in May 1993. The suit, filed in the 44th Judicial District Court of Dallas
County, Texas, is styled John Clarkson v. Greyhound Lines, Inc., Frank
Schmieder, J. Michael Doyle, Robert R. Duty, Don T. Seaquist, Smith Barney, Inc.
and Morgan Stanley & Company, Inc., Case No. 96-11329-B. Plaintiff, John
Clarkson, is the same individual who seeks to intervene in the Federal Court
litigation described above, and the same law firms have appeared for the
plaintiff in both cases. On December 20, 1996, the defendants filed their
answers to the lawsuit and pleas in abatement asking the Court to stay all
proceedings pending resolution of the federal intervention motion and
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   50
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
federal class action lawsuit. The defendants have also filed motions to quash
and motions for protective order in response to plaintiff's requests for
production of documents. On February 28, 1997, the suit was transferred to a
different judge in the 68th Judicial District Court in Dallas.
 
     Based on a review of the litigation, a limited investigation of the
underlying facts and discussions with legal and outside counsel, the Company
does not believe that the outcome of this litigation would have a material
adverse effect on its business and financial condition. The Company intends to
defend against the actions vigorously. To the extent permitted by Delaware law,
the Company is obligated to indemnify and bear the cost of defense with respect
to lawsuits brought against its officers and directors. The Company maintains
directors' and officers' liability insurance that provides certain coverage for
itself and its officers and directors against claims of the type asserted in the
subject litigation. The Company has notified its insurance carriers of the
asserted claims.
 
     In January 1995, the Company received notice that the Securities and
Exchange Commission is conducting a formal, non-public investigation into
possible securities laws violations allegedly involving the Company and certain
of its former officers, directors and employees and other persons. The
Commission's Order of Investigation (the "Order of Investigation") states that
the Commission is exploring possible insider trading activities, as well as
possible violations of the federal securities laws relating to the adequacy of
the Company's public disclosures with respect to problems with its passenger
reservation system implemented in 1993 and lower-than-expected earnings for
1993. In addition, the Commission has stated that it will investigate the
adequacy of the Company's record keeping with respect to the passenger
reservation system and its internal auditing controls. Although the Commission
has not announced the targets of the investigation, it does not appear from the
Order of Investigation that the Company is a target of the insider trading
portion of the investigation. In September 1995, the Commission served a
document subpoena on the Company requiring the production of documents, most of
which the Company voluntarily produced to the Commission in late 1994. The
Company has fully cooperated with the Commission's investigation of these
matters. The Company has had no contact with the Commission in connection with
the investigation since January 1996. The probable outcome of this investigation
cannot be predicted at this stage in the proceeding.
 
INSURANCE COVERAGE
 
     The STB has granted the Company authority to self-insure its automobile
liability exposure for interstate passenger service up to a maximum level of
$5.0 million per occurrence. To maintain self-insurance authority, the Company
is required to maintain a tangible net worth of $10.0 million (as of December
31, 1996, the Company's tangible net worth was $119.9 million) and to maintain a
$15.0 million trust fund (currently fully funded) to provide security for
payment of claims. Subsequent to the self-insurance grant by the STB, 38 states
granted the Company the authority to self-insure its intrastate automobile
liability exposure. The Company maintains comprehensive automobile liability and
general liability insurance to insure its assets and operations subject to a
$1.5 million self-insured retention per occurrence. The Company also maintains
property insurance subject to a $0.1 million deductible per occurrence, and
maintains workers compensation insurance, subject to a $1.0 million deductible
per occurrence.
 
     Insurance coverage and risk management expense are key components of the
Company's cost structure. The loss of self-insurance authority from the STB or a
decision by the Company's insurers to modify the Company's program
substantially, by either increasing cost, reducing availability or increasing
collateral, could have a materially adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     The Company may be liable for certain environmental liabilities and
clean-up costs relating to underground fuel storage tanks and systems in the
various facilities presently or formerly owned or leased by the Company. Based
upon surveys conducted by Company personnel, 78 locations have been identified
as sites
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   51
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
requiring potential clean-up and/or remediation as of December 31, 1996. The
Company has estimated the clean-up and/or remediation costs of these sites to be
$3.8 million of which approximately $0.5 million is indemnifiable by the
predecessor owner of Greyhound's domestic bus operations now known as Viad Corp.
The Company has no reason to believe that Viad Corp will not fulfill its
indemnification obligations to the Company. However, if Viad Corp does not
fulfill such obligations, the Company could have liability with respect to those
matters. Additionally, the Company has a potential liability with respect to two
Superfund sites where the Company and other parties face exposure for costs
related to the clean-up of those sites. Based on the EPA's enforcement
activities to date, the Company believes its liability at these sites will not
be material because its involvement was as a de minimis generator of wastes
disposed of at the sites. In light of the minimal involvement, the Company has
been negotiating to be released from liability in return for the payment of
immaterial settlement amounts. The Company has recorded a total environmental
reserve of $3.5 million, at December 31, 1996, a portion of which has also been
recorded as a receivable from Viad Corp for indemnification. The environmental
reserve relates to sites identified for potential clean-up and/or remediation
and represents the present value of estimated cash flows discounted at 8.0%.
Management believes that adequate accruals have been made related to all known
environmental matters.
 
     At December 31, 1996, clean-up and/or remediation costs under the plan are
as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
1997........................................................  $1,403
1998........................................................   1,065
1999........................................................     673
2000........................................................     424
Thereafter..................................................     185
                                                              ------
          Total environmental expenditures..................   3,750
                                                              ------
Amounts representing interest...............................     281
                                                              ------
Reserve for environmental expenditures......................  $3,469
                                                              ======
</TABLE>
 
POTENTIAL PENSION PLAN FUNDING REQUIREMENTS
 
     The Company maintains five defined benefit pension plans, the most
significant of which (the "ATU Plan") covers approximately 16,500 current and
former employees, fewer than 1,300 of which are active employees of the Company.
The ATU Plan was closed to new participants in 1983 and, as a result, over 80%
of its participants are over the age of 50. For financial reporting and
investment planning purposes, the Company currently uses an actuarial table that
closely matches the actual experience related to the existing participant
population. As a result of legislation enacted in 1994 by the United States
Congress, the Company may be required to begin measuring its funding obligation
under the ATU Plan utilizing an actuarial table prescribed by such legislation.
If so required, the Company currently estimates, based on assumed rates of
return on the ATU Plan's investments, that it would be required to begin making
contributions to the ATU Plan beginning no earlier than 1998 in an aggregate
amount over the next five years ranging from approximately $6.0 million to
approximately $30.0 million. If the ATU Plan is unable to attain such assumed
rates of return, such contributions could be higher. Although the Company is
exploring whether it may be able to obtain relief from this requirement, there
is no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such relief, that the
ATU Plan will be able to obtain the assumed rates of return or that
contributions to the ATU Plan will not be significant.
 
OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     In addition to the litigation discussed above, the Company is a defendant
in various lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, primarily cases
involving personal injury and property damage claims and employment-related
claims. Although these lawsuits involve a variety of different facts and
theories of
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   52
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
recovery, the majority arise from traffic accidents involving buses operated by
the Company. The vast majority of these claims are covered by insurance for
amounts in excess of the self-retention or deductible portion of the policies.
Therefore, based on the Company's assessment of known claims and its historical
claims payout pattern and discussion with legal and outside counsel and risk
management personnel, management believes that there is no proceeding either
threatened or pending against the Company relating to such personal injury
and/or property damage claims arising out of the ordinary course of business
that, if resolved against the Company, would materially exceed the amounts
recorded.
 
19. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
  Motor Coach Industries International, Inc.
 
     In connection with the Rights Offering, Transportation Manufacturing
Operations, Inc. ("TMO"), a wholly owned subsidiary of MCII, agreed to act as a
standby purchaser. MCI, a subsidiary of TMO, is the Company's principal supplier
of new motor coaches. TMO assigned its standby purchase obligations to Motor
Coach Industries Limited, which purchased 6,004,144 shares in the Rights
Offering in January 1995, thus becoming a beneficial owner of greater than 5% of
the Company's Common Stock. This stock was sold, in its entirety, in October
1995.
 
     As an inducement to serve as a standby purchaser, the Company paid TMO fees
of approximately $524,000. In addition, the Company extended the term of the Bus
Purchase Requirements Agreement dated March 18, 1987 between the Company, MCI
and Transit Bus International, Inc., which also is a subsidiary of MCII, from
March 18, 1997 to March 18, 1998. The Company must purchase at least 75% of its
new bus requirements pursuant to that agreement. The Company also agreed to
prepay debt owed to MCI Acceptance Corp. ("MCIAC"), a wholly owned subsidiary of
MCII. This pre-payment, in the amount of $12.9 million, was made in February
1995.
 
     The Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, Craig R. Lentzsch,
previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
MCII where he had been employed from 1992 to November 1994.
 
  Universal Coach Parts, Inc.
 
     Universal Coach Parts, Inc. ("UCP") is a nationwide distributor of service
parts and since December 1992 has provided inventory and inventory management
services for the Company. UCP is also a wholly owned subsidiary of MCII. For the
years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, the Company paid $11.5 million,
$15.2 million, and $15.0 million, respectively, to UCP for the purchase of
inventory and inventory management services. Additionally, at December 31, 1995
and 1996, the Company included in its Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position net amounts payable to UCP of $1.4 million and $1.3 million,
respectively.
 
  Connor, Clark & Company, Ltd.
 
     Connor, Clark & Company, Ltd. ("Connor Clark"), formerly the Company's
largest shareholder, agreed to act as a standby purchaser in the Rights Offering
with respect to up to 650,000 shares, all of which were purchased by it upon the
conclusion of the Rights Offering. As an inducement to serve as a standby
purchaser, the Company paid Connor Clark fees of approximately $84,000.
 
     Connor Clark and certain of its affiliates tendered an aggregate of
$1,338,000 principal amount of Convertible Debentures in the Tender Offer on the
same basis as the other holders of the Convertible Debentures.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   53
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Herbert Abramson, Director and Vice President of Connor Clark, served on
the Company's Board of Directors from September 21, 1994 until his resignation
on October 26, 1995.
 
  Snyder Capital Management, Inc.
 
     In connection with the Rights Offering, Snyder Capital Management, Inc., on
behalf of 49 accounts managed by it (the "SCM Accounts"), committed to
oversubscribe for up to an aggregate of 2,181,977 shares in the Rights Offering.
 
     In consideration for the committed oversubscription, the Company paid each
SCM Account fees of approximately $282,000.
 
  Put/Call Agreement with Certain Shareholder
 
     In June 1995, the Company entered into a Put/Call agreement with a certain
shareholder in which the shareholder was to purchase, on the market, up to $15.0
million face amount of the Company's Senior Notes. In December 1995, the Company
exercised its option to purchase the $10.7 million aggregate principal of its
Senior Notes held by the shareholder for the purchase price of $9.7 million, as
specified under the terms of the agreement. The completion of this transaction
satisfied each party's obligations under the agreement, and it has been
terminated.
 
  Frederick F. Richards
 
     Frederick F. Richards has been engaged by the Company as an independent
management consultant on an at-will basis since November 1994, supplying
consulting services to the Company on a variety of operational and technology
issues. Mr. Richards received $160,000 and $180,000 for these services in 1995
and 1996, respectively, from the Company. Mr. Richards is the son-in-law of A.
A. Meitz, a director of the Company since November 21, 1995.
 
20. SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)
 
     Subsequent to December 31, 1996, the Company signed a definitive agreement
to acquire all the stock of ASI Associates, Inc. (Carolina Trailways), a
regional bus company serving the mid-Atlantic. The purchase price will be $20.3
million and will be paid in cash or a combination of cash and Common Stock. The
transaction will require approval of the STB. The purchase will be accounted for
using the purchase method of accounting.
 
     The Company is currently in the process of offering $150.0 million of
senior notes due 2007 and 2.4 million shares of convertible exchangeable
preferred stock, with an aggregate liquidation preference of $60.0 million (the
"Offerings"). The Company plans to use the net proceeds from the Offerings to
(i) retire the Company's Senior Notes and interest rate swap agreements; (ii)
fund the acquisition of Carolina Trailways; and (iii) acquire four bus terminals
(currently leased by the Company). The remaining proceeds will be used to repay
borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   54
 
                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
21. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
     Selected unaudited quarterly financial data for the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1996 are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      FIRST      SECOND     THIRD      FOURTH
           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995              QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER
           ----------------------------              --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Operating revenues.................................  $131,513   $161,035   $198,587   $165,986
Operating expenses.................................   143,360    163,879    176,623    163,896
                                                     --------   --------   --------   --------
Operating income (loss)............................   (11,847)    (2,844)    21,964      2,090
Interest expense...................................     6,868      7,013      6,606      6,320
Income tax provision...............................         2         26         25        321
                                                     --------   --------   --------   --------
Net income (loss)..................................  $(18,717)  $ (9,883)  $ 15,333   $ (4,551)
                                                     ========   ========   ========   ========
Net income (loss) per share of Common Stock:
  Primary..........................................  $  (0.36)  $  (0.18)  $   0.27   $  (0.08)
                                                     ========   ========   ========   ========
  Fully diluted....................................  $  (0.36)  $  (0.18)  $   0.27   $  (0.08)
                                                     ========   ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      FIRST      SECOND     THIRD      FOURTH
           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996              QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER
           ----------------------------              --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Operating revenues.................................  $141,643   $172,256   $208,046   $178,913
Operating expenses.................................   156,499    171,104    181,659    170,792
                                                     --------   --------   --------   --------
Operating income (loss)............................   (14,856)     1,152     26,387      8,121
Interest expense...................................     6,626      6,637      6,955      7,128
Income tax provision (benefit).....................        63         48         34        (83)
                                                     --------   --------   --------   --------
Net income (loss)..................................  $(21,545)  $ (5,533)  $ 19,398   $  1,076
                                                     ========   ========   ========   ========
Net income (loss) per share of Common Stock:
  Primary..........................................  $  (0.37)  $  (0.10)  $   0.33   $   0.02
                                                     ========   ========   ========   ========
  Fully diluted....................................  $  (0.37)  $  (0.10)  $   0.33   $   0.02
                                                     ========   ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   55
 
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                   GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES(a)
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   ADDITIONS    ADDITIONS
                                      BALANCE AT   CHARGED TO   CHARGED TO                      BALANCE
                                      BEGINNING    COSTS AND      OTHER                          AT END
           CLASSIFICATION             OF PERIOD     EXPENSES     ACCOUNTS    DEDUCTIONS        OF PERIOD
           --------------             ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------        ----------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>               <C>
December 31, 1994:
  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts...   $   707      $   926      $    --      $   (793)(b)      $   840
  Inventory Reserves................        --           61           --            --               61
  Accumulated Amortization of
     Intangible Assets..............     5,533        4,777           --          (666)(c)(e)     9,644
  Reserves for Injuries and
     Damages........................    41,770       66,355           --       (35,782)(d)       72,343
                                       -------      -------      -------      --------          -------
       Total Reserves and
          Allowances................   $48,010      $72,119      $    --      $(37,241)         $82,888
                                       =======      =======      =======      ========          =======
December 31, 1995:
  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts...   $   840      $   975      $(1,011)     $   (587)(b)      $   217
  Inventory Reserves................        61           48           --            --              109
  Accumulated Amortization of
     Intangible Assets..............     9,644        5,790         (533)           --           14,901
  Reserves for Injuries and
     Damages........................    72,343       33,788           --       (40,470)(d)       65,661
                                       -------      -------      -------      --------          -------
       Total Reserves and
          Allowances................   $82,888      $40,601      $(1,544)     $(41,057)         $80,888
                                       =======      =======      =======      ========          =======
December 31, 1996:
  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts...   $   217      $   585      $  (155)     $   (406)(b)      $   241
  Inventory Reserves................       109          (14)          --            --               95
  Accumulated Amortization of
     Intangible Assets..............    14,901        5,613           --        (1,409)(c)       19,105
  Reserves for Injuries and
     Damages........................    65,661       23,443           --       (29,141)(d)       59,963
                                       -------      -------      -------      --------          -------
       Total Reserves and
          Allowances................   $80,888      $29,627      $  (155)     $(30,956)         $79,404
                                       =======      =======      =======      ========          =======
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(a) This schedule should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited
    consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.
 
(b) Write-off of uncollectible receivables net of recovery of bad debt.
 
(c) Write-off of other assets and deferred costs.
 
(d) Payments of settled claims.
 
(e) Write-off of software.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   56
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
     None.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   57
 
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the directors
and executive officers of the Company as of March 7, 1997. All executive
officers hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               NAME                 AGE                         OFFICE
               ----                 ---                         ------
<S>                                 <C>   <C>
Craig R. Lentzsch.................        President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
                                    48    (Class I)
Jack W. Haugsland.................        Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
                                    57    Officer
Steven L. Korby...................        Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
                                    51    Officer
J. Floyd Holland..................  61    Senior Vice President -- Operations
Thomas G. Plaskett................  53    Chairman of the Board and Director (Class I)
Richard J. Caley..................  70    Director (Class III)
Linda Chavez......................  49    Director (Class III)
A. A. Meitz.......................  59    Director (Class III)
Frank L. Nageotte.................  70    Director (Class I)
Alfred E. Osborne, Jr.............  52    Director (Class II)
Stephen M. Peck...................  62    Director (Class II)
Ernest P. Werlin..................  52    Director (Class II)
</TABLE>
 
     Craig R. Lentzsch was elected to the Board of Directors on August 26, 1994.
Effective November 15, 1994, Mr. Lentzsch became President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company. Mr. Lentzsch also served as Chief Financial Officer of
the Company from November 22, 1994 to April 10, 1995. Mr. Lentzsch previously
served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Motor Coach
Industries International, Inc. where he had been employed from 1992 to 1994; as
President and Chief Executive Officer of Continental Asset Services, Inc. from
1991 to 1992; as a private consultant to, and investor in, Storehouse, Inc. from
1983 to 1991 and Communications Partners, Ltd. from 1989 to 1991; as Vice
Chairman, Executive Vice President and a Director of the Company from March 1987
to December 1989; and as Co-founder and President of BusLease, Inc. from 1980 to
1989. Mr. Lentzsch also serves as a director of Hastings Entertainment, Inc. and
Enginetech, Inc.
 
     Jack W. Haugsland joined the Company on May 15, 1995 as Executive Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer. From 1992 to 1995 Mr. Haugsland was
President and Chief Executive Officer of Gray Line Worldwide. From 1990 to 1992
Mr. Haugsland held the position of Senior Vice President of Operations for the
Company; and from 1986 to 1990 Mr. Haugsland served as President of Greyhound
Travel Services, Inc., a former subsidiary of the Company. Mr. Haugsland began
employment with the Company's predecessor in 1964.
 
     Steven L. Korby joined the Company as Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer effective April 13, 1995. From April 13, 1995 to May 23,1996,
Mr. Korby also served as Treasurer for the Company. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Korby was President of Armstrong Capital Corporation from 1994 to
1995 and served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief
Technology Officer of Neodata Corporation and its predecessors from 1983 to
1993.
 
     J. Floyd Holland has served as Senior Vice President -- Operations since
September 1994 and is responsible for equipment maintenance, engineering, driver
and bus operations and customer service. From October 1992 to September 1994, he
served as Vice President -- Maintenance of the Company. From July 1987 to
September 1992, he was Vice President -- Fleet Operations and was responsible
for fleet planning and allocation. From October 1979 to July 1987, Mr. Holland
served as Vice President of Operations and Transportation of Trailways. Mr.
Holland held various management positions with predecessor companies since he
began employment in 1958 with Trailways Lines, Inc. Mr. Holland has been a
member of the Board of Directors and Executive Committee of the National Bus
Traffic Association since 1991.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   58
 
     Thomas G. Plaskett was elected to the Board of Directors on May 10, 1994.
From August 9, 1994, to November 14, 1994, Mr. Plaskett served as Interim
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and from October 19, 1994
to November 22, 1994, served as Acting Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
On February 27, 1995, Mr. Plaskett was elected as the Company's Chairman of the
Board. Since 1991, Mr. Plaskett has served as Managing Director of Fox Run
Capital Associates, a privately held advisory firm. On September 16, 1996, Mr.
Plaskett was elected Chairman of the Board of Neostar Retail Group, which filed
for bankruptcy in September 1996 and is in the process of being liquidated.
Previously, Mr. Plaskett served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Pan
Am Corporation from 1988 to 1991 and as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Continental Airlines from 1986 to 1987. Mr. Plaskett also serves as a director
of Tandy Corporation, Neostar Retail Group, Probex Corporation and Smart and
Final, Inc.
 
     Richard J. Caley was appointed a Director of the Company on October 31,
1991. From 1978 to 1982, Mr. Caley served as President of Wilson Sporting Goods
Co., a division of PepsiCo Inc. From 1971 to 1978, Mr. Caley served as President
of the PepsiCo Transportation Division and Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of North American Van Lines. Mr. Caley retired in 1982,
although from May 15, 1989, to November 15, 1989, Mr. Caley served as President,
Chief Operating Officer and Director of HEM Pharmaceuticals.
 
     Linda Chavez was elected to the Board of Directors on November 21, 1995.
Ms. Chavez has been President of the Center for Equal Opportunity since 1995.
From 1988 to 1995, Ms. Chavez was a Senior Fellow at the Manhattan Institute for
Policy Research. Ms. Chavez, a political commentator, writes a syndicated
newspaper column and has contributed articles to USA Today, The Wall Street
Journal, The New Republic and the Washington Post. Ms. Chavez has appeared on
The McLaughlin Group and NewsHour with Jim Lehrer. In 1985, Ms. Chavez was
appointed Director of the Office of Public Liaison for the White House and from
1983 to 1985 was Director of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
 
     A.A. Meitz was elected to the Board of Directors on November 21, 1995. Mr.
Meitz is a retired Senior Vice President of Booz Allen & Hamilton where he was
employed from 1965 to 1994. From 1981 to 1983 Mr. Meitz served as a member of
that firm's board of directors. Mr. Meitz also serves as a director of: Banctec,
Inc., Associated Materials Corporation, and Northern Trust Bank of Texas. He is
a member of the Executive Board of the Cox School of Business at Southern
Methodist University. Mr. Meitz was also the Chairman of the Texas Senate
Advisory Committee on Business, Technology and Education from 1984 to 1985.
 
     Frank L. Nageotte was elected to the Board of Directors on February 27,
1995. Mr. Nageotte was a director of Motor Coach Industries International, Inc.
from 1993 to 1995, and Greyhound Lines, Inc. from 1987 to 1990 and currently
serves as a director of Citizens Auto Stages. From 1982 to 1987 Mr. Nageotte
served as President and Chief Operating Officer of The Greyhound Corporation,
where he was the Chief Executive Officer of the Company's predecessor from 1978
to 1982. Mr. Nageotte worked for the Company's predecessor for 40 years.
 
     Alfred E. Osborne, Jr. was elected to the Board of Directors on May 10,
1994. Since 1987, Dr. Osborne has served as Director of the Harold Price Center
for Entrepreneurial Studies Center and Associate Professor of Business Economics
in the John E. Anderson Graduate School of Management at the University of
California at Los Angeles. Dr. Osborne formerly served as Director of the MBA
Program, Assistant Dean and Associate Dean at UCLA. Dr. Osborne is also an
independent general partner of Technology Funding Venture Partners V, a trustee
of the Sierra Trust Funds, and a director of Nordstrom, Inc., SEDA Specialty
Packaging Corporation, The Times Mirror Company and United States Filter
Corporation.
 
     Stephen M. Peck was elected to the Board of Directors on May 31, 1995. Mr.
Peck is currently a money manager at Gilder, Gagnon, Home & Co. From March 1989
to December 1994, Mr. Peck was a General Partner of SMP Associates, L.P., an
investment partnership. Formerly he was a Managing and Special Partner of Weiss,
Peck & Greer and participated in its founding in 1970. From 1986 to mid-1988 he
served as Chief Investment Officer and a director of Reliance Insurance Company.
From May 1985 to January 1988, Mr. Peck served as a director of Tiger
International. He was elected a Governor of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. in
1969, served as Vice Chairman of the Board of Governors from May 1971 to July
1972, and
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   59
 
served as Chairman of its Surveillance Committee from December 1974 to May 1978.
Mr. Peck served as a member of the Audit Committee of the City of New York from
February 1979 to February 1981. Mr. Peck is currently Chairman of the Boards of
Trustees of the Mount Sinai Hospital and School of Medicine, a member of the
Board of Trustees of the Manhattan Institute for Policy Research, and a member
of the Board of the Jewish Theological Seminary of America.
 
     Ernest P. Werlin was elected to the Board of Directors on May 31, 1995. Mr.
Werlin is currently President of High View Capital. He also served as
Co-Chairman of the Board of Jamesway Corporation from 1995 to November 1996.
From 1992 to March 1995, Mr. Werlin was employed by Steinhardt Management. From
April 1990 to 1992, Mr. Werlin was a private investor. From January 1989 to
April 1990, Mr. Werlin was Managing Director of Stamford Capital. From August
1988 to December 1988, Mr. Werlin was an Associate Managing Director of Bear,
Stearns & Company. He was employed by Morgan Stanley & Company from April 1980
to May 1988 as the Chairman of the Fixed Income New Product Development
Committee and as Managing Director, Manager of Corporate Bond Trading desk and
Special Situations. From April 1978 to April 1980, Mr. Werlin served as
Co-Manager of the Corporate Bond Department of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette. He
also served as Senior Administrator to the President of Lehman Brothers from
June 1976 to April 1978. Additionally, from July 1991 to June 1992, Mr. Werlin
was a director of Todd Shipyards.
 
     There is no family relationship between any of the directors or nominees
for director and executive officers of the Company.
 
SECTION 16(a) DELINQUENT FILER DISCLOSURE
 
     Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company's
directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than 10% of the
Company's Common Stock, to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC") initial reports of beneficial ownership and reports of changes in
beneficial ownership of Common Stock and other equity securities of the Company.
Officers, directors and greater than 10% beneficial owners of the Company are
required by SEC regulation to furnish the Company with copies of all Section
16(a) reports they file. To the Company's knowledge, based solely on a review of
the copies of such reports furnished to the Company and written representations
that no other reports were required, all Section 16(a) filing requirements
applicable to its officers, directors and greater than 10% beneficial owners
were complied with for the year ended December 31, 1996.
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     "Executive Compensation" in the definitive proxy statement is incorporated
herein by reference.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   60
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
     The following table sets forth the ownership of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock as of February 28, 1997 (except as otherwise noted below), held by
persons believed by the Company to beneficially own more than 5% of the
outstanding shares of the Common Stock, by directors of the Company, by the
Chief Executive Officer and four other most highly compensated executive
officers of the Company (the "Named Executive Officers") during 1996 and by all
the directors, Named Executive Officers and executive officers of the Company as
a group, and the percentage of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
represented thereby. Except as otherwise noted below, each of the directors,
Named Executive Officers, executive officers and 5% stockholders has sole voting
and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by them.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AMOUNT
                      NAME AND ADDRESS                        BENEFICIALLY    PERCENT
                    OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                          OWNED        OF CLASS
                    -------------------                       ------------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Snyder Capital Management, Inc..............................   8,747,001       15.0%
  350 California Street
  Suite 1460
  San Francisco, California 94104(a)
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AMOUNT
                                                              BENEFICIALLY    PERCENT
                  NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                       OWNED        OF CLASS
                  ------------------------                    ------------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Named Executive Officers and Directors(b):
  Thomas G. Plaskett........................................     110,666        *
  Richard J. Caley..........................................      62,023        *
  Linda Chavez..............................................       3,333        *
  Craig R. Lentzsch.........................................     739,109        1.3%
  A. A. Meitz...............................................       3,333        *
  Frank L. Nageotte.........................................      17,776        *
  Alfred E. Osborne, Jr.....................................      23,661        *
  Stephen M. Peck...........................................      58,066        *
  Ernest P. Werlin..........................................       6,666        *
  Jack W. Haugsland.........................................     183,333
  Steven L. Korby...........................................     145,000        *
  Bradley T. Harslem(c).....................................     140,000        *
  J. Floyd Holland..........................................     174,879        *
  All directors, Named Executive Officers and other
     executive officers of the Company as a group (26
     persons)(b)............................................   2,195,884        3.6%
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
 *  Less than 1%.
 
(a) The information is as of February 28, 1997 based on information reported to
    the Company by Snyder Capital Management, Inc. As of that date, Snyder
    Capital Management, Inc. reported that it had shared power to vote 526,262
    shares, no voting power for 816,697 shares and shared power to dispose of
    526,262 shares.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>   61
 
(b) The following table sets forth, as of February 28, 1997, the details of
    Common Stock deemed beneficially owned by each of the directors and Named
    Executive Officers of the Company and by all directors, Named Executive
    Officers and executive officers of the Company as a group:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     COMMON          COMMON
                                                                     STOCK           STOCK
                                                                  BENEFICIALLY      OPTIONS
                                                                     OWNED        EXERCISABLE       TOTAL
                                                                  ------------    ------------    ---------
    <S>                                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
    Thomas G. Plaskett..........................................         --          110,666        110,666
    Richard J. Caley............................................      5,000           57,023         62,023
    Linda Chavez................................................         --            3,333          3,333
    Craig R. Lentzsch...........................................     57,109          682,000        739,109
    A. A. Meitz.................................................         --            3,333          3,333
    Frank L. Nageotte(1)........................................     10,000            7,776         17,776
    Alfred E. Osborne, Jr.(1)...................................      6,328           17,333         23,661
    Stephen M. Peck.............................................     51,400            6,666         58,066
    Ernest P. Werlin............................................         --            6,666          6,666
    Jack W. Haugsland...........................................     20,000          163,333        183,333
    Steven L. Korby.............................................         --          145,000        145,000
    Bradley T. Harslem..........................................     12,500          127,500        140,000
    J. Floyd Holland(2).........................................      4,229          170,650        174,879
    All directors, Named Executive Officers and other executive
      officers of the Company as a group (26 persons)...........    176,155        2,019,729      2,195,884
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
       (1) Beneficial ownership of shares is disclaimed by the following named
           persons in the amounts indicated: Mr. Nageotte -- 10,000 shares; Dr.
           Osborne -- 3,164 shares.
 
       (2) The named person disclaims beneficial ownership of 2,120 shares
           currently held by the Greyhound Lines 401(k) trust.
 
(c) Mr. Harslem resigned as the Company's Senior Vice President -- Information
    Services and Chief Information Officer effective December 31, 1996.
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
  Motor Coach Industries International, Inc.
 
     In connection with a rights offering completed in January 1995,
Transportation Manufacturing Operations, Inc. ("TMO"), a wholly owned subsidiary
of MCII, agreed to act as a standby purchaser. Motor Coach Industries, Inc.
("MCI"), a subsidiary of TMO, is the Company's principal supplier of new motor
coaches. TMO assigned its standby purchase obligations to Motor Coach Industries
Limited, which purchased 6,004,144 shares in the rights offering in January
1995, thus becoming a beneficial owner of greater than 5% of Common Stock. This
stock was sold, in its entirety, in October 1995.
 
     As an inducement to serve as a standby purchaser, the Company paid TMO fees
of approximately $524,000. In addition, the Company extended the term of the Bus
Purchase Requirements Agreement dated March 18, 1987 between the Company, MCI
and Transit Bus International, Inc., which also is a subsidiary of MCII, from
March 18, 1997 to March 18, 1998. The Company must purchase at least 75% of its
new bus requirements, if any, pursuant to that agreement. The Company also
agreed to prepay debt owed MCI Acceptance Corp. ("MCIAC"), a wholly owned
subsidiary of MCII. This pre-payment in the amount of $12.9 million was made in
February 1995.
 
     The Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, Craig R. Lentzsch,
previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
MCII where he had been employed from 1992 to November 1994.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   62
 
  Universal Coach Parts, Inc.
 
     Universal Coach Parts, Inc. ("UCP") is a nationwide distributor of service
parts and since December 1992 has provided inventory and inventory management
services for the Company. UCP is also a wholly owned subsidiary of MCII. For the
years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, the Company paid $11.5 million,
$15.2 million and $15.0 million, respectively, to UCP for the purchase of
inventory and inventory management services. Additionally, at December 31, 1995
and 1996, the Company included in its Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position, net amounts payable to UCP of $1.4 million and $1.3 million,
respectively.
 
  Connor, Clark & Company, Ltd.
 
     Connor, Clark & Company, Ltd. ("Connor Clark"), formerly the Company's
largest shareholder, agreed to act as a standby purchaser in the January 1995
rights offering with respect to up to 650,000 shares, all of which were
purchased by it upon the conclusion of the Rights Offering. As an inducement to
serve as a standby purchaser, the Company paid Connor Clark fees of
approximately $84,000.
 
     Connor Clark and certain of its affiliates tendered an aggregate of
$1,338,000 principal amount of Convertible Debentures in the financial
restructuring completed in December 1994 on the same basis as the other holders
of the Convertible Debentures.
 
     Herbert Abramson, Director and Vice President of Connor Clark, served on
the Company's Board of Directors from September 21, 1994 until his resignation
on October 26, 1995.
 
  Snyder Capital Management, Inc.
 
     In connection with the January 1995 rights offering, Snyder Capital
Management, Inc., on behalf of 49 accounts managed by it (the "SCM Accounts"),
committed to oversubscribe for up to an aggregate of 2,181,977 shares in the
rights offering.
 
     In consideration for the committed oversubscription, the Company paid each
SCM Account fees of approximately $282,000.
 
  Put/Call Agreement with Certain Shareholders
 
     In June 1995, the Company entered into a Put/Call agreement with a certain
shareholder in which the certain shareholder was to purchase, on the market, up
to $15.0 million face amount of the Company's Senior Notes. In December 1995,
the Company exercised its option to purchase the $10.7 million aggregate
principal of its Senior Notes held by the shareholder for the purchase price of
$9.7 million, as specified under the terms of the agreement. The completion of
this transaction satisfied each party's obligations under the agreement and it
has been terminated.
 
  Frederick F. Richards
 
     Frederick F. Richards has been engaged by the Company as an independent
management consultant on an at will basis since November 1994, supplying
consulting services to the Company on a variety of operational and technology
issues. Mr. Richards received $160,000 and $180,000 for these services in 1995
and 1996, respectively, from the Company. Mr. Richards is the son-in-law of A.
A. Meitz, a Director of the Company since November 21, 1995.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>   63
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
     (a) CERTAIN DOCUMENTS FILED AS PART OF THE FORM 10-K
 
1. AND 2. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES
 
     The following financial statements and financial statements schedules are
set forth in Item 8 of the Form 10-K Annual Report. Financial Statement
Schedules not included in this Form 10-K Annual Report have been omitted because
they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial
statements or notes thereto. Fifty percent or less owned companies accounted for
by the equity method have been omitted because, considered in the aggregate,
they have not been considered to constitute a significant subsidiary.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE NO.
                                                              --------
<S>                                                           <C>
Management Report on Responsibility for Financial
  Reporting.................................................     26
Report of Independent Public Accountants....................     27
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at December
  31, 1995 and 1996.........................................     28
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996..........................     29
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
  Years Ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996..............     30
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996..........................     31
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................     32
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts............     55
</TABLE>
 
3.  EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<C>                      <S>
          3.1            -- Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Greyhound Lines,
                            Inc.(4)
          3.2            -- Restated Bylaws of Greyhound Lines, Inc.(4)
          3.3            -- Article Fourth of the Restated Certificate of
                            Incorporation of the Registrant relating to its capital
                            stock.(7)
          3.4            -- Certificate of Amendment in the Restated Certificate of
                            Incorporation of the Registrant amending Article Fourth
                            thereof.(8)
          3.5            -- Certificate of Amendment in the Restated Certificate of
                            Incorporation of the Registrant amending Article Eighth
                            thereof.(13)
          3.6            -- Certificate of Designations of Series A Junior Preferred
                            Stock of the Registrant.(13)
          3.7            -- Form of Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of
                            Incorporation.(15)
          4.1            -- Indenture governing the 8 1/2% Convertible Subordinated
                            Debentures due March 31, 2007, including the form of
                            8 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due March 31,
                            2007.(5)
          4.2            -- Indenture, dated October 31, 1991, between the Registrant
                            and LaSalle National Bank, as Trustee, with respect to
                            $165,000,000 principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due
                            2001, including form of 10% Senior Notes Due 2001.(2)
          4.3            -- First Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture between the
                            Registrant and LaSalle National Bank, as Trustee.(5)
          4.4            -- Form of First Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture
                            between the Registrant and Shawmut Bank Connecticut,
                            N.A., as Trustee.(16)
</TABLE>
 
                                       64
<PAGE>   64
<TABLE>
<C>                      <S>
          4.5            -- Rights Agreement, dated as of March 22, 1994, between the
                            Registrant and Mellon Securities Trust Company, as Rights
                            Agent.(11)
          4.6            -- Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement
                            dated as of June 5, 1995 by and between Greyhound Lines,
                            Inc. and Foothill Capital Corporation.(19)
          4.7            -- Amendment Number One to Second Amended and Restated Loan
                            and Security Agreement dated as of April 12, 1996 by and
                            between Greyhound Lines, Inc. and Foothill Capital
                            Corporation.(22)
          4.8            -- Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Loan
                            and Security Agreement dates as of December 20, 1996 by
                            and between Greyhound Lines, Inc. and Foothill Capital
                            Corporation.(23)
         10.1            -- Acquisition Agreement dated December 22, 1986, among The
                            Greyhound Corporation, Greyhound Lines, Inc., the
                            Registrant, GLI Holding Company, GLI Bus Operations
                            Holding Company and GLI Merger Company.(1)
         10.2            -- First Amendment to Acquisition Agreement dated January
                            31, 1987.(1)
         10.3            -- Second Amendment to Acquisition Agreement dated March 18,
                            1987.(1)
         10.4            -- Third Amendment to Acquisition Agreement dated March 18,
                            1987.(1)
         10.5            -- Fourth Amendment to Acquisition Agreement dated September
                            18, 1987.(1)
         10.6            -- Trademark License Agreement dated March 18, 1987, between
                            The Greyhound Corporation, GLI Holding Company and the
                            Registrant.(1)
         10.7            -- Assignment of Exhibit B Trademarks dated March 18, 1987,
                            executed by The Greyhound Corporation.(1)
         10.8            -- Bus Purchase Requirements Agreement dated March 18, 1987,
                            among the Registrant, Greyhound Lines, Inc.,
                            Transportation Manufacturing Corporation and Motor Coach
                            Industries, Inc.(1)
         10.9            -- Amendment to Bus Purchase Requirements Agreement.(21)
         10.10           -- Master Lease dated March 18, 1987, between Greyhound
                            Lines, Inc. and GLI Realty Company.(1)
         10.11           -- Contested Claim Pool Trust Agreement to be entered into
                            as of October 31, 1991, by and between the Registrant and
                            Smith Barney Trust Company, as trustee.(4)
         10.12           -- Claims Treatment Agreement dated August 23, 1991, by and
                            among Eagle Bus Manufacturing, Inc., the Registrant,
                            Trailways Commuter Transit, Inc., GLI Bus Operations
                            Holding Company, GLI Food Services, Inc., Southern
                            Greyhound Lines Co., GLI Holding Company, Central
                            Greyhound Lines Co., Greyhound Travel Services, Inc.,
                            Eastern Greyhound Lines, Co., and Western Greyhound Lines
                            Co., on the one hand, and The Dial Corp, on the other.(4)
         10.13           -- Memorandum of Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1996,
                            between Greyhound Lines, Inc. and District No. 9,
                            International Association of Machinists, AFL-CIO.(23)
         10.14           -- Memorandum of Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1996,
                            between Greyhound Lines, Inc. and the International
                            Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers covering
                            garage employees at Miami, Florida; St. Petersburg,
                            Florida; Columbia, South Carolina; Orlando, Florida;
                            Charleston, West Virginia and Tallahassee, Florida.(23)
         10.15           -- Memorandum of Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1996,
                            between Greyhound Lines, Inc. and the International
                            Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers covering
                            garage employees at Dallas, Texas, Houston, Texas, Kansas
                            City, Missouri, San Antonio, Texas, Brownsville, Texas
                            and Grand Junction, Colorado.(23)
</TABLE>
 
                                       65
<PAGE>   65
<TABLE>
<C>                      <S>
         10.16           -- Interest Rate Swap Transaction Confirmations dated as of
                            July 12, 1993, between the Registrant and Bankers Trust
                            Company.(9)
         10.17           -- Memorandum of Agreement, dated as of May 25, 1993,
                            between the Registrant and the Amalgamated Council of
                            Greyhound Local Unions.(10)
         10.18           -- Lease Agreement No. 1, dated as of December 29, 1993,
                            between Wilmington Trust Company and the Registrant.(10)
         10.19           -- Lease Agreement No. 2, dated as of December 29, 1993,
                            between Wilmington Trust Company and the Registrant.(10)
         10.20           -- Lease Agreement No. 3, dated as of December 29, 1993,
                            between Wilmington Trust Company and the Registrant.(10)
         10.21           -- Lease Supplement No. 1-1, dated as of December 30, 1993,
                            between Wilmington Trust Company and the Registrant.(10)
         10.22           -- Lease Supplement No. 2-1, dated as of December 30, 1993,
                            between Wilmington Trust Company and the Registrant.(10)
         10.23           -- Lease Supplement No. 3-1, dated as of December 30, 1993,
                            between Wilmington Trust Company and the Registrant.(10)
         10.24           -- Tax Indemnification Agreement, dated as of December 29,
                            1993, between Nationsbanc Lease Investments, Inc. and the
                            Registrant.(10)
         10.25           -- Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 29, 1993, among
                            the Registrant, Wilmington Trust Company and Nationsbanc
                            Lease Investments, Inc.(10)
         10.26           -- Participation Agreement, dated as of December 29, 1993,
                            among Nationsbanc Lease Investments, Inc. and the
                            Registrant.(10)
         10.27           -- Greyhound Lines, Inc. 1991 Management Incentive Stock
                            Option Plan.(4)
         10.28           -- Greyhound Lines, Inc. 1993 Management Incentive Stock
                            Option Plan.(8)
         10.29           -- Greyhound Lines, Inc. 1993 Non-Employee Director Stock
                            Option Plan.(10)
         10.30           -- Greyhound Lines, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement
                            Plan.(21)
         10.31           -- Amendment to the Greyhound Lines, Inc. Supplemental
                            Executive Retirement Plan.(23)
         10.32           -- Coach Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1993,
                            between the Registrant and Motor Coach Industries,
                            Inc.(12)
         10.33           -- Lease Agreement, dated as of March 28, 1994, between
                            Wilmington Trust Company and the Registrant.(12)
         10.34           -- Lease Supplement No. 1, dated as of March 28, 1994,
                            between Wilmington Trust Company and the Registrant.(12)
         10.35           -- Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 28, 1994, among the
                            Registrant, Wilmington Trust Company and Cargill Leasing
                            Corporation.(12)
         10.36           -- Participation Agreement, dated as of March 28, 1994,
                            among Cargill Leasing Corporation and the Registrant.(12)
         10.37           -- Bill of Sale, dated as of March 28, 1994, between the
                            Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company.(12)
         10.38           -- Tax Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 28,
                            1994, between Cargill Leasing Corporation and the
                            Registrant.(12)
         10.39           -- Lease Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1994, between
                            Wilmington Trust Company and the Registrant.(12)
         10.40           -- Lease Supplement No. 1, dated as of March 29, 1994,
                            between Wilmington Trust Company and the Registrant.(12)
</TABLE>
 
                                       66
<PAGE>   66
<TABLE>
<C>                      <S>
         10.41           -- Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1994, among the
                            Registrant, Wilmington Trust Company and Cargill Leasing
                            Corporation.(12)
         10.42           -- Participation Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1994,
                            among Cargill Leasing Corporation and the Registrant.(12)
         10.43           -- Bill of Sale, dated as of March 29, 1994, between the
                            Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company.(12)
         10.44           -- Tax Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 29,
                            1994, between Cargill Leasing Corporation and the
                            Registrant.(12)
         10.45           -- First Amendment to the Registrant 1993 Non-Employee
                            Director Stock Option Plan.(14)
         10.46           -- Amendments to Interest Rate Swap Agreement, dated as of
                            October 6, 1994 between the Registrant and Bankers Trust
                            Company.(14)
         10.47           -- Form of Letter Agreements with various holders of
                            Convertible Debentures relating to, among other things,
                            the Conversion.(16)
         10.48           -- Employment Agreement dated November 15, 1994, between
                            Registrant and Craig R. Lentzsch.(17)
         10.49           -- Amendment Number Two to Bus Purchase Requirements
                            Agreement dated December 21, 1994 by and between
                            Greyhound Lines, Inc. and Motor Coach Industries.(17)
         10.50           -- Second Amendment to Greyhound Lines, Inc. 1993
                            Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.(18)
         10.51           -- Greyhound Lines, Inc. 1995 Long Term Stock Incentive
                            Plan.(19)
         10.52           -- Greyhound Lines, Inc. 1995 Director's Stock Incentive
                            Plan.(19)
         10.53           -- Employment Agreement dated July 25, 1995 between
                            Registrant and Steven L. Korby.(19)
         10.54           -- Employment Agreement dated September 18, 1995 between
                            Registrant and John Werner Haugsland.(20)
         10.55           -- 1995 Bus Purchase Agreement.(21)
         10.56           -- Fourth Amendment to Interest Rate Swap Agreement, dated
                            as of April 25, 1996, between the Registrant and Banker's
                            Trust Company.(22)
         11              -- Computation of Registrant's earnings per share for the
                            year ended December 31, 1994.(17)
         11.1            -- Computation of Registrant's earnings per share for the
                            year ended December 31, 1995.(21)
         11.2            -- Computation of Registrant's earnings per share for the
                            year ended December 31, 1996.(23)
         22              -- Subsidiaries of the Registrant.(23)
         23.1            -- Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.(23)
         27              -- Financial Data Schedule as of and for the year ended
                            December 31, 1996.(23)
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
 (1) Incorporated by reference from the Annual Report Form 10-K/A for the year
     ended December 31, 1994.
 
 (2) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
     10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1991.
 
 (3) Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
     10 (File No. 1-10841) relating to the Common Stock and Senior Notes.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>   67
 
 (4) Incorporated by reference from the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File
     Nos. 33-45060-01 and 33-45060-02) regarding the Registrant's 8 1/2%
     Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2007.
 
 (5) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on Form
     S-1 (File No. 33-47908) regarding the Registrant's Common Stock and 10%
     Senior Notes Due 2001 held by the Contested Claims Pool Trust.
 
 (6) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the year ended December 31, 1992.
 
 (7) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registrant Statement on Form
     S-3 (File No. 33-61044).
 
 (8) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registrant Statement on Form
     S-8 (File No. 33-63506) regarding the Registrant's 1991 and 1993 Management
     Stock Option Plans.
 
 (9) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
     10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993.
 
(10) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the year ended December 31, 1993.
 
(11) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
     8-K regarding the Rights Agreement dated March 22, 1994.
 
(12) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
     10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1994.
 
(13) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
     10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1994.
 
(14) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
     10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1994.
 
(15) Incorporated by reference from the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File
     No. 33-56131) regarding the Registrant's Common Stock.
 
(16) Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant's Issuer Tender Offer
     Statement on Schedule 13E-4 (File No. 5-41800).
 
(17) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
(18) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
     10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1995.
 
(19) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
     10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995.
 
(20) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
     10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995.
 
(21) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
(22) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
     10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996.
 
(23) Filed herewith.

 
                                       68
<PAGE>   68
 
(b) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
     The Company filed no current reports on Form 8-K with the Securities and
Exchange Commission during the quarter ended December 31, 1996, nor was it
required to do so.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>   69
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Dallas
and the State of Texas, on March 19, 1997.
 
                                            GREYHOUND LINES, INC.
 
                                            By:     /s/ CRAIG R. LENTZSCH
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                      Craig R. Lentzsch
                                                President and Chief Executive
                                                            Officer
                                                (Principal Executive Officer)
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                    TITLE                   DATE
                      ---------                                    -----                   ----
<C>                                                    <S>                            <C>
 
               /s/ THOMAS G. PLASKETT                  Chairman of the Board of       March 19, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------  Directors
                 Thomas G. Plaskett
 
                /s/ RICHARD J. CALEY                   Director                       March 19, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  Richard J. Caley
 
                  /s/ LINDA CHAVEZ                     Director                       March 19, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------
                    Linda Chavez
 
                /s/ CRAIG R. LENTZSCH                  Director, President and Chief  March 19, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------  Executive Officer
                  Craig R. Lentzsch
 
                                                       Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                     A. A. Meitz
 
                /s/ FRANK L. NAGEOTTE                  Director                       March 19, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  Frank L. Nageotte
 
             /s/ ALFRED E. OSBORNE, JR.                Director                       March 19, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------
               Alfred E. Osborne, Jr.
 
                 /s/ STEPHEN M. PECK                   Director                       March 19, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   Stephen M. Peck
 
                                                       Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  Ernest P. Werlin
 
                 /s/ STEVEN L. KORBY                   Executive Vice President and   March 19, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------  Chief Financial Officer
                   Steven L. Korby                     (Principal Financial and
                                                       Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>
 
                                       70
<PAGE>   70
 
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        EXHIBIT
          NO.                                    DESCRIPTION
        -------                                  -----------
<C>                      <S>
          4.8            -- Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Loan
                            and Security Agreement dates as of December 20, 1996 by
                            and between Greyhound Lines, Inc. and Foothill Capital
                            Corporation.
         10.13           -- Memorandum of Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1996,
                            between Greyhound Lines, Inc. and District No. 9,
                            International Association of Machinists, AFL-CIO.
         10.14           -- Memorandum of Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1996
                            between Greyhound Lines, Inc. and the International
                            Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers covering
                            garage employees at Miami, Florida, St. Petersburg,
                            Florida, Columbia, South Carolina, Orlando, Florida,
                            Charleston, West Virginia, and Tallahassee, Florida.
         10.15           -- Memorandum of Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1996,
                            between Greyhound Lines, Inc. and the International
                            Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers covering
                            garage employees at Dallas, Texas, Houston, Texas, Kansas
                            City, Missouri, San Antonio, Texas, Brownsville, Texas,
                            and Grand Junction, Colorado.
         10.31           -- Amendment to the Greyhound Lines, Inc. Supplemental
                            Executive Retirement Plan.
         11.2            -- Computation of Registrant's earnings per share for the
                            year ended December 31, 1996.
         22              -- Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
         23.1            -- Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
         27              -- Financial Data Schedule as of and for the year ended
                            December 31, 1996.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.10


          AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN
                           AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                 This Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Loan
and Security Agreement ("Amendment") is entered into as of December 20, 1996,
by and between FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION, a California corporation
("Foothill"), and GREYHOUND LINES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower"),
in light of the following:

                 FACT ONE:  Borrower and Foothill have previously entered into
that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as
of June 5, 1995, as amended by Amendment Number One dated as of April 12, 1996
(the "Agreement").

                 FACT TWO:  Borrower and Foothill desire to further amend the
Agreement as provided for and on the conditions herein.


                 NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower and Foothill hereby amend and
supplement the Agreement as follows:


                 1.       DEFINITIONS.  All initially capitalized terms used in
this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement unless
specifically defined herein.

                 2.       AMENDMENTS.

                          (a)     The definition of "Fixed Asset Sublimit" is
hereby amended to read as follows:

                                  "`Fixed Asset Sublimit' means,at any given
                          time of measurement, the sum of the Tranche A
                          Borrowing Base, the Tranche B Borrowing Base and the
                          Tranche C Borrowing Base, as each is then in effect
                          pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1(a)."

                          (b)     The definition of "Maximum Credit" is hereby
amended to read as follows:

                                  "`Maximum Credit' means at any given time,
                          the lower of (i) $105,000,000, and (ii) the sum of
                          (a) the Current Asset Sublimit plus (b) the amount of
                          the Tranche A Borrowing Base, plus (c) the Maximum
                          Tranche B Maximum Credit, plus (d) the amount of the
                          Tranche C Borrowing Base."





                                      1
<PAGE>   2
                          (c)     The following definitions are hereby added to
the Agreement:

                                  "`Non-Core Real Property' means the Real
                          Property listed on Schedule N-1 to the Agreement,
                          owned by Borrower in fee."

                                  "`Real Property Held for Sale' means the Real
                          Property listed on Schedule R-3 to the Agreement,
                          owned by Borrower in fee."

                                  "`Tranche C Borrowing Base' has the meaning
                          set forth in Section 2.1(a)(iv)."

                                  "`Tranche C Collateral' means the Real
                          Property listed on Schedule T-1 to the Agreement,
                          owned by Borrower in fee, secured by first priority
                          Mortgages as to which Foothill has obtained title
                          insurance policies in amounts and on terms and
                          conditions acceptable to Foothill, and as to which
                          Foothill has received acceptable Phase I
                          environmental reports."

                          (d)     The definition of "Required Parcels" is
hereby deleted, and all references in the Agreement to "Required Parcels" shall
now refer to "Core Real Property Collateral" instead.

                          (e)     Section 2.1 (a) of the Agreement is hereby
amended to read as follows:

                                  "(a)     Subject to the terms and conditions
                          of this Agreement, including the amount of the
                          Maximum Credit and the Maximum Borrowing Amount,
                          Foothill agrees to make revolving advances to
                          Borrower in an amount not to exceed the sum of:

                                        (i)     the lesser of:  (x) 85% of
                                  Borrower's Eligible Accounts, net of reserves
                                  established pursuant to Section 2.1(b); (y)
                                  an amount equal to Borrower's total cash
                                  collections from all sources for the
                                  immediately preceding 30 calendar day period;
                                  and (z) the Current Asset Sublimit;

                                        plus (ii)  the lesser of: (x) 85% of the
                                  bulk wholesale value of Collateral comprising
                                  the Tranche A Borrowing Base, as determined
                                  by Foothill; and (y) $62,500,000, which
                                  amount is subject to reduction and/or
                                  increase in accordance with the terms of this
                                  Section 2.1(a)(ii) and Section 3.6 (the
                                  "Tranche A Borrowing Base").

                                        The amount of the Tranche A Borrowing
                                  Base shall automatically be reduced in
                                  amounts which equal:  (1) $2,232,143 per
                                  quarter (the "Quarterly Reduction"),
                                  commencing January 1, 1998 and continuing on
                                  the first day of each January, April, July
                                  and October thereafter; (2) the higher of (x)
                                  100% of the net





                                       2
<PAGE>   3
                                  proceeds received from the sale of any of the
                                  Core Bus Collateral after the date of this
                                  Agreement and (y) the minimum release price
                                  for the Core Bus Collateral to be established
                                  by Foothill in its reasonable credit
                                  judgment; (3) the higher of (x) 100% of the
                                  net proceeds received from the sale of any of
                                  the Core Real Property Collateral (other than
                                  Tranche C Collateral) after the date of this
                                  Agreement and (y) the minimum release price
                                  for the Core Real Property Collateral (other
                                  than Tranche C Collateral) to be established
                                  by Foothill in its reasonable credit
                                  judgment; and (4) 10% of the net proceeds of
                                  Non-Core Real Property (other than Tranche C
                                  Collateral), which exceed an aggregate total
                                  of $15,000,000, from the sale, subsequent to
                                  December 1, 1996.  In lieu of making the
                                  dollar reductions of the Tranche A Borrowing
                                  Base scheduled for January 1, 1998 and
                                  thereafter, as set forth in clause (1) of the
                                  prior sentence, Borrower may elect to pledge
                                  to Foothill, to support the Tranche A
                                  Borrowing Base, Tranche A Additional
                                  Collateral consisting of buses having an
                                  aggregate bulk wholesale value of at least
                                  117.65% of such scheduled dollar reduction of
                                  the Tranche A Borrowing Base, or redesignate
                                  as Tranche A Additional Collateral certain
                                  Vehicles currently constituting Tranche B
                                  Collateral having an aggregate bulk wholesale
                                  value of at least 117.65% of such scheduled
                                  dollar reduction of the Tranche A Borrowing
                                  Base.

                                        plus (iii)  such amount as shall be made
                                  available in accordance with the terms of
                                  this Section 2.1(a)(iii) (the "Tranche B
                                  Borrowing Base").  The amount of the Tranche
                                  B Borrowing Base shall be equal to 80% of
                                  Borrower's actual cost (excluding costs of
                                  acquisition and transportation) of the
                                  Tranche B Collateral in which Foothill has
                                  been granted a first priority, perfected
                                  security interest from time to time by
                                  Borrower, the Tranche B Borrowing Base (the
                                  product thereof being (a) rounded down to the
                                  nearest $1,000,000 if the amount over a
                                  $1,000,000 increment is equal to or less than
                                  $250,000, (b) rounded up to the nearest
                                  $500,000 if the amount over a $1,000,000
                                  increment is greater than $250,000 but less
                                  than or equal to $500,000, (c) rounded up to
                                  the nearest $750,000 if the amount over a
                                  $1,000,000 increment is greater than $500,000
                                  but less than or equal to $750,000 or (d)
                                  rounded up to the nearest $1,000,000 if the
                                  amount over a $1,000,000 increment is greater
                                  than $750,000 but less than or equal to such
                                  $1,000,000 increment) provided, however, the
                                  availability and amount of the Tranche B
                                  Borrowing Base is subject to the amount of
                                  the Maximum Credit, and in no event shall the
                                  amount of the Tranche B Borrowing Base ever
                                  exceed the Maximum Tranche B Credit Amount;
                                  provided, further, prior to any increase of
                                  the Tranche B Borrowing Base, Borrower shall
                                  have taken such actions with respect to such
                                  Tranche B Collateral





                                       3
<PAGE>   4
                                  as Foothill shall require in accordance with
                                  Section 4.4.  For each separate item of
                                  Tranche B Collateral pledged to Foothill in
                                  accordance with the terms of this Section
                                  2.1(a)(iii), the Tranche B Borrowing Base
                                  shall thereafter be reduced on the first day
                                  of the thirteenth month following the date
                                  that such Tranche B Collateral was pledged to
                                  Foothill, and continuing on the first day of
                                  each third month thereafter by an amount
                                  equal to 3.6% of the Tranche B Borrowing Base
                                  attributable to such Tranche B Collateral
                                  pledged to Foothill.  Concurrently with each
                                  such quarterly reduction, Borrower shall make
                                  a principal reduction payment to Foothill in
                                  such amount as shall be required in order to
                                  reduce the principal balance of advances
                                  owing under the Tranche B Borrowing Base to
                                  the amount of the Tranche B Borrowing Base,
                                  as so reduced on such date, together with all
                                  accrued but unpaid interest on the amount of
                                  such principal reduction payment calculated
                                  in accordance with Section 2.5.  At
                                  Borrower's request, so long as an Event of
                                  Default is not continuing, Foothill shall
                                  release any security interests previously
                                  granted to it in and upon the Tranche B
                                  Collateral, or any portion thereof, or shall
                                  redesignate as Tranche A Additional
                                  Collateral certain Vehicles presently
                                  constituting Tranche B Collateral; provided,
                                  however, that concurrently therewith, the
                                  Tranche B Borrowing Base shall be reduced to
                                  an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 80% of
                                  Borrower's actual cost (excluding costs of
                                  acquisition and transportation) of the
                                  Tranche B Collateral or (ii) the Tranche B
                                  Borrowing Base attributable to such Tranche B
                                  Collateral (if subject to the 3.6% quarterly
                                  reduction), if any, which thereafter remains
                                  subject to Foothill's security interest and
                                  is designated as Tranche B Collateral (the
                                  product thereof being rounded down to the
                                  nearest $500,000 increment); provided,
                                  further, that prior to any release or
                                  redesignation of the Tranche B Collateral,
                                  Borrower shall have made a principal
                                  reduction payment to Foothill in such amount
                                  as shall be required in order to reduce the
                                  principal balance of advances owing under the
                                  Tranche B Borrowing Base to the amount of the
                                  Tranche B Borrowing Base, as reduced by the
                                  amount of such release and/or redesignation
                                  of the Tranche B Collateral, together with
                                  all accrued but unpaid interest on the amount
                                  of such principal reduction payment.

                                        plus (iv)  such amount as shall be made
                                  available in accordance with the terms of
                                  this Section 2.1(a)(iv) (the "Tranche C
                                  Borrowing Base").  The amount of the Tranche
                                  C Borrowing Base shall be equal to the lower
                                  of: (a) 25% of the appraised Fair Market
                                  Value of the Tranche C Collateral and (b)
                                  $10,000,000 which amount shall be reduced
                                  quarterly by $250,000 commencing on January
                                  1, 1998 and continuing thereafter on the
                                  first day of each subsequent April, July,
                                  October and January.  The Tranche





                                       4
<PAGE>   5
                                  C Borrowing Base shall be reduced by an
                                  amount equal to the higher of (x) 100% of the
                                  net proceeds received from the sale of any of
                                  the Tranche C Collateral and (y) the minimum
                                  release price for the Tranche C Collateral to
                                  be established by Foothill in its reasonable
                                  credit judgment.  As soon as Foothill has
                                  recorded first priority liens against
                                  portions of the Tranche C Collateral, an
                                  amount equal to the Tranche C Borrowing Base
                                  then in effect shall be advanced by Foothill.
                                  Except for scheduled payments and payments
                                  resulting from the sale of Tranche C
                                  Collateral, Borrower shall not prepay its
                                  Obligations under the Tranche C Borrowing
                                  Base until all Obligations under the Tranche
                                  A Borrowing Base and Tranche B Borrowing Base
                                  have been paid in full."

                          (f)     Section 2.5(a) and (b) of the Agreement are
hereby amended to read as follows:

                                  "(a)     Interest Rate. All Obligations,
                          except for undrawn L/Cs and L/C Guarantees and
                          Obligations under the Tranche C Borrowing Base, shall
                          bear interest, on the average Daily Balance, at a per
                          annum rate equal to the Reference Rate plus the
                          Applicable Margin then in effect.  All Obligations
                          under the Tranche C Borrowing Base shall bear
                          interest as provided in the preceding sentence plus
                          .25% per annum.

                                  (b)      Default Rate.  All Obligations,
                          except for undrawn L/Cs and L/C Guarantees and
                          Obligations under the Tranche C Borrowing Base, shall
                          bear interest from and after the occurrence and
                          during the continuance of an Event of Default, at a
                          per annum rate equal for 4 percentage points above
                          the Reference Rate.  From and after the occurrence
                          and during the continuance of an Event of Default,
                          the Obligations under the Tranche C Borrowing Base
                          shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to 4.25
                          percentage points above the Reference Rate, and the
                          fee provided in Section 2.2(d) shall be increased to
                          a fee equal to 4% per annum times the average Daily
                          Balance of the undrawn L/Cs and L/C Guarantees that
                          were outstanding during the immediately preceding
                          month."

                          (g)     Section 2.8(e) of the Agreement is hereby
amended by changing 1.25% to 1.00% of the increase in the Maximum Credit.

                          (h)     Section 3.3 is hereby amended by deleting the
date "January 15, 1999" and replacing it with the date "June 30, 1999."

                          (i)     Section 6.13 of the Agreement is hereby
amended to read as follows:

                          "6.13   FINANCIAL COVENANTS.  Borrower shall
maintain:





                                       5
<PAGE>   6
                                  (a)      Net Worth.  Net Worth from the date
                          hereof through June 30, 1997, equal to or greater
                          than $105,000,000, and at September 30, 1997 and at
                          all times thereafter equal to or greater than
                          $125,000,000.  Net Worth shall be measured at the end
                          of each of Borrower's fiscal quarters.

                                  (b)      Operating Ratio.  An Operating Ratio
                          of not less than 1.25-1.0 through March 31, 1998, and
                          at June 30, 1998 and at all times thereafter of not
                          less than 1.50-1.0. Operating Ratio shall be measured
                          at the end of each of Borrower's fiscal quarters on a
                          rolling 4 quarter basis."

                          (j)     Section 6.20 of the Agreement is hereby
amended to add the following sentence:

                          "Borrower shall grant to Foothill a first priority
                          lien on the Real Property covered by the BT Mortgages
                          within a reasonable period of time following the
                          release or reconveyance of each of such mortgages,
                          and such Real Property shall be then added to Core
                          Real Property Collateral."

                          (k)     Section 7.4(i) of the Agreement is hereby
amended to read as follows:

                                  "(i) so long as no Event of Default has
                          occurred and is continuing, Borrower may make: (a)
                          Permitted Note Redemptions, (b) sales of Real
                          Property or Vehicles so long as the proceeds of such
                          sales are applied in accordance with Section
                          2.1(a)(ii) or (iv), as applicable, (c) sales of real
                          estate and buses that do not constitute Real Property
                          or Vehicles, (d) sales of Equipment (other than
                          buses) for up to $5,000,000 in the aggregate in any
                          fiscal year, and (e) sale/leasebacks of hereafter
                          acquired buses;"

                          (l)     The following schedules to the Agreement are
attached hereto; if such schedules are already schedules by the Agreement, then
they are hereby replaced:

<TABLE>
                                  <S>                       <C>
                                  Schedule C-1              Tranche A and Tranche B Collateral
                                  Schedule C-2              Core Real Property Collateral
                                  Schedule N-1              Non-Core Real Property
                                  Schedule R-1              Real Property
                                  Schedule R-3              Real Property Held for Sale
                                  Schedule T-1              Tranche C Collateral
</TABLE>

                 3.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Borrower hereby
affirms to Foothill that all of Borrower's representations and warranties set
forth in the Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of
the date hereof, except to the extent that they relate solely to an earlier
date in which case they shall be true, complete and accurate as of such earlier
date.





                                       6
<PAGE>   7
                 4.       WAIVER OF SECTION 7.10; NO DEFAULTS.  For the fiscal
year ending December 31, 1996 only, Foothill hereby waives Section 7.10 of the
Agreement.  After giving effect to the waiver contained in the preceding
sentence, Borrower hereby affirms to Foothill that no Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.

                 5.       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.   The effectiveness of this
Amendment is expressly conditioned upon the following:

                          (a)     Payment by Borrower to Foothill of an
amendment fee in the aggregate amount of $40,000, such fee to be charged to
Borrower's loan account pursuant to Section 2.5(d) of the Agreement;

                          (b)     Payment by Borrower to Foothill of a facility
increase fee in the aggregate amount of $250,000, such fee to be charged to
Borrower's loan account pursuant to Section 2.5(d) of the Agreement;

                          (c)     Receipt by Foothill of an executed copy of
this Amendment and any required mortgages and amendments to the Mortgages
(which shall be properly executed and acknowledged) or other Loan Documents;
and

                          (d)     Receipt by Foothill of: (i) an executed
participation agreement with The First National Bank of Boston, and (ii)
executed amendments to the participation agreements with all existing
participants.

                 6.       COSTS AND EXPENSES.  Borrower shall pay to Foothill
all of Foothill's out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without
limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel, which counsel may
include any local counsel deemed necessary, search fees, filing and recording
fees, fees and costs arising out of Mortgages on the Tranche C Collateral, the
amendments to the Mortgages and any policies of title insurance or endorsements
to policies of title insurance insuring the lien of any Mortgages,
documentation fees, appraisal fees, travel expenses, and other fees) arising in
connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and
all related documents.

                 7.       LIMITED EFFECT.  In the event of a conflict between
the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the
Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern.  In all
other respects, the Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain
in full force and effect.

                 8.       COUNTERPARTS; EFFECTIVENESS.  This Amendment may be
executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate
counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to
be an original.  All such





                                       7
<PAGE>   8
counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.
This Amendment shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart of
this Amendment by each of the parties hereto.

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Amendment as of the date first set forth above.


                                        FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION,
                                        a California corporation

                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                              ----------------------------------

                                        GREYHOUND LINES, INC.,
                                        a Delaware corporation

                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           




                                       8
<PAGE>   9
                 The undersigned has executed a Security Agreement-Stock Pledge
in favor of Foothill Capital Corporation ("Foothill") collateralizing the
obligations of Greyhound Lines, Inc., ("Greyhound") owing to Foothill.  The
undersigned acknowledges the terms of the above Amendment and reaffirms and
agrees that: its Security Agreement-Stock Pledge remains in full force and
effect; nothing in such Security Agreement-Stock Pledge obligates Foothill to
notify the undersigned of any changes in the financial accommodations made
available to Greyhound or to seek reaffirmations of the Security
Agreement-Stock Pledge; and no requirement to so notify the undersigned or to
seek reaffirmations in the future shall be implied by the execution of this
reaffirmation.


                                        T & V HOLDING COMPANY,
                                        a Delaware corporation

                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                             -----------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           





                                       9
<PAGE>   10
                                  SCHEDULE C-1

                       Tranche A and Tranche B Collateral





                   [TO BE PROVIDED BY FOOTHILL POST CLOSING]





                                       10
<PAGE>   11
                                SCHEDULE C-2

                         Core Real Property Collateral


Albany, NY, 34 Hamilton
Albany, NY, 27 Dallius
Atlanta, GA, 830 Jefferson Street, NW
Atlanta, GA, 218 and 232 Forsythe Street
Austin, TX, 916 E. Koenig
Bakersfield, CA, 1820 18th Street
Baton Rouge, LA 1253 Florida
Baton Rouge, LA, 1253 Florida Street
Beaumont, TX, 650 Magnolia Street
Biloxi, MS, 322 Main Street
Birmingham, AL, 619 N. 19th Street
Boston, MA 571 E 1st
Boston, MA, 672-674 E. 2nd Street
Boston, MA, 585-587-591 E. 1st Street
Brownsville, TX, 1134 East St. Charles
Chicago, IL, 630 W. Harrison
Chicago, IL, 901 N. Halsted
Cincinnati, OH, 1005 Gilbert Avenue
Cleveland, OH, 1465 Chester Avenue
Columbus, GA, 818 4th
Columbus, OH, 111 East Town Street
Corvallis, OR, 153 N. 4th
Dallas, TX, 315 Continental
Dallas, TX, 205 S. Lamar
Daytona Beach, FL, 138 S. Ridgewood
Dothan, AL, 213 S. Foster
El Paso, TX, 200 W. San Antonio
El Paso, TX, 201 W. Main
Eugene, OR, 987 Pearl
Evansville, IN, 100 N.W. 3rd
Everett, WA, 1503 Pacific
Flagstaff, AZ, 399 S. Malpais
Florence, SC, 611 S. Irby
Fresno, CA 1033 Broadway
Hollywood, CA, 1409 N. Vine
Houma, LA, 200 E. Park
Houston, TX, 2121 Main
Kansas City, MO, 1111 Troost
Klamath Falls, OR, 1200 Klamath
Lafayette, LA, 315 N. Lee
Lincoln, NE, 940 P. Street





                                       11
<PAGE>   12
Los Angeles, CA 1614 E. 7th
Los Angeles, CA, 1716 East 7th Street
Los Angeles, CA, Atlantic & Lawrence Street
Louisville, KY, 720 Muhammad Ali
Louisville, KY, 830 S. 13th Street
Medford, OR, 212 North Bartlett
Medford, OR, 4th & Apple Street
Memphis, TN, 203 Union
Miami, FL, 51 NW 11th
Midland, TX, 1308 W. Front
Missoula, MT, 1660 W. Broadway
Mobile, AL, 2545 Government
Oakland, CA, 2103 San Pablo
Olympia, WA 107 E. 7th
Omaha, NE 604 S. 16th
Orangeburg, SC, 129 Lowman
Orlando, FL, 2750 West Business Ctr. Blvd.
Paducah, KY, 301 N. 4th
Pittsburgh, PA, 1101 Liberty Avenue
Raleigh, NC, 314 W. Jones
Redding, CA, 1321 Butte
Richmond, VA, 2709 Hermitage
Richmond, VA, 2910 North Boulevard
San Francisco, CA, 1140 7th
Santa Fe, NM, 858 St. Michael's
Savannah, GA, 610 W. Oglethorpe Avenue
Shreveport, LA, 408 Fannin
St. Louis, MO, 1515 N. 11th
St. Louis, MO, 1009-23 Cass Avenue
Tallahassee, FL, 112 W. Tennessee
Tampa, FL, 610 East Polk
Tampa, FL, Morgan & Cass Streets
Topeka, KS, 200 S.E. 3rd
Tupelo, MS, 201 Commerce
Tuscaloosa, AL, 2520 9th
Tyler, TX, 303 N. Bois D'Arc
Valdosta, GA, 200 N. Oak
Washington, D.C., 1005 First Street N.E.





                                       12
<PAGE>   13
                                  SCHEDULE N-1

                             Non-Core Real Property


Abilene, TX, 535 Cedar
Albuquerque, NM, 300 Second
Amarillo, TX, 703 S. Harrison
Appleton, WI, 506 N. Oneida
Ashland, KY, 2001 Greenup
Billings, MT, 2502 First Avenue North
Binghampton, NY, 81 Chenango
Boise, ID, 1212 Bannock
Brunswick, GA, 1101 Gloucester Street
Camden, NJ, 701 Cooper
Charlotte, NC, 601 W. Trade
Charlottesville, VA, 310 W. Main
Chicago, IL, 921 N. Branch Street
Cleveland, OH, Krause Court, N.E.
Cleveland, OH, 1256-1296 E. 26 Street
Delhi, LA, 306 W. First
Denver, CO, 1055 19th
Denver, CO, 2450 Curtis Street
El Centro, CA, 460 State
Fort Wayne, IN, 929 Lafayette
Fredericksburg, VA, U.S. Route 1 Bypass
Goldsboro, NC, 410 N. John
Harlingen, TX, 518 S. Commerce
Indio, CA, 45-524 Oasis
Islip, NY, 1684 Expressway South
Knoxville, TN, 100 Magnolia
La Crosse, WI, 600 S. 4th
Lansing, MI, 511 S. Washington
Laurel, MS, 460 N. Magnolia
Leesville, LA, 503 S. 4th
Lufkin, TX, 115 E. Shepherd
Marshall, TX, 201 S. Bolivar
McAllen, TX, 100 N. Broadway
Nashville, TN, 711 5th
Ogden, UT, 2501 Grant
Portland, ME, 946 Congress
Rayville, LA, 212 Bernadetta
Ruston, LA, 118 W. Louisiana
San Diego, CA, 539 First
Seattle, WA, 1250 Denny
Syracuse, NY, 815 Erie Boulevard East





                                       13
<PAGE>   14
Wichita, KS, 312 S. Broadway
Winston-Salem, NC, 250 Greyhound
Yakima, WA, 602 E. Yakima





                                       14
<PAGE>   15
                                  SCHEDULE R-1

                                 Real Property


Abilene, TX, 535 Cedar
Albany, NY, 34 Hamilton
Albany, NY, 27 Dallius
Albuquerque, NM, 300 Second
Alexandria, LA, 425 Bolton Avenue
Amarillo, TX, 703 S. Harrison
Appleton, WI, 506 N. Oneida
Ashland, KY, 2001 Greenup
Atlanta, GA, 830 Jefferson Street, NW
Atlanta, GA, 218 and 232 Forsythe Street
Austin, TX, 916 E. Koenig
Bakersfield, CA, 1820 18th Street
Baton Rouge, LA 1253 Florida
Baton Rouge, LA, 1253 Florida Street
Beaumont, TX, 650 Magnolia Street
Billings, MT, 2502 First Avenue North
Biloxi, MS, 322 Main Street
Birmingham, AL, 619 N. 19th Street
Binghampton, NY, 81 Chenango
Boise, ID, 1212 Bannock
Boston, MA 571 E 1st
Boston, MA, 672-674 E. 2nd Street
Boston, MA, 585-587-591 E. 1st Street
Boston, MA, 651-661 E. 2nd Street
Brownsville, TX, 1134 East St. Charles
Brunswick, GA, 1101 Gloucester Street
Camden, NJ, 701 Cooper
Charlotte, NC, 601 W. Trade
Charlottesville, VA, 310 W. Main
Chicago, IL, 921 N. Branch Street
Chicago, IL, 630 W. Harrison
Chicago, IL, 901 N. Halsted
Cincinnati, OH, 1005 Gilbert Avenue
Cincinnati, OH, 1130 Kenner Street
Cleveland, OH, 1465 Chester Avenue
Cleveland, OH, Krause Court, N.E.
Cleveland, OH, 1256-1296 E. 26 Street
Cleveland, OH, 2600 Hamilton Avenue
Columbus, GA, 818 4th
Columbus, OH, 111 East Town Street
Corvallis, OR, 153 N. 4th





                                       15
<PAGE>   16
Dallas, TX, 315 Continental
Dallas, TX, 205 S. Lamar
Dallas, TX, 1100 S. Lamar Street
Daytona Beach, FL, 138 S. Ridgewood
Delhi, LA, 306 W. First
Denver, CO, 2450 Curtis Street
Denver, CO, 1055 19th
Dothan, AL, 213 S. Foster
El Centro, CA, 460 State
El Paso, TX, 200 W. San Antonio
El Paso, TX, 201 W. Main
Eugene, OR, 987 Pearl
Evansville, IN, 100 N.W. 3rd
Everett, WA, 1503 Pacific
Flagstaff, AZ, 399 S. Malpais
Florence, SC, 611 S. Irby
Fort Wayne, IN, 929 Lafayette
Fredericksburg, VA, U.S. Route 1 Bypass
Fresno, CA 1033 Broadway
Goldsboro, NC, 410 N. John
Grand Rapids, MI, 1441 Godfrey Avenue S.W.
Harlingen, TX, 518 S. Commerce
Hollywood, CA, 1409 N. Vine
Houma, LA, 200 E. Park
Houston, TX, 1710 Delano Street
Houston, TX, 1710 Delano Street
Houston, TX, 2121 Main
Indio, CA, 45-524 Oasis
Islip, NY, 1684 Expressway South
Jackson, MS, 1785 U.S. Highway 80 W.
Kansas City, MO, 1111 Troost
Klamath Falls, OR, 1200 Klamath
Knoxville, TN, 100 Magnolia
La Crosse, WI, 600 S. 4th
Lafayette, LA, 315 N. Lee
Lansing, MI, 511 S. Washington
Laurel, MS, 460 N. Magnolia
Leesville, LA, 503 S. 4th
Lincoln, NE, 940 P. Street
Los Angeles, CA 1614 E. 7th
Los Angeles, CA, 1716 East 7th Street
Los Angeles, CA, Atlantic & Lawrence Street
Louisville, KY, 720 Muhammad Ali
Louisville, KY, 830 S. 13th Street
Lufkin, TX, 115 E. Shepherd
McAllen, TX, 100 N. Broadway





                                       16
<PAGE>   17
Marshall, TX, 201 S. Bolivar
Medford, OR, 212 North Bartlett
Medford, OR, 4th & Apple Street
Memphis, TN, 527 N. Main Street
Memphis, TN, 498 N. Front Street
Memphis, TN, 80 E. Sycamore Street
Memphis, TN, 203 Union
Miami, FL, 51 NW 11th
Midland, TX, 1308 W. Front
Missoula, MT, 1660 W. Broadway
Mobile, AL, 2545 Government
Nashville, TN, 711 5th
Oakland, CA, 2103 San Pablo
Ogden, UT, 2501 Grant
Olympia, WA 107 E. 7th
Omaha, NE 604 S. 16th
Orangeburg, SC, 129 Lowman
Orlando, FL, 2750 West Business Ctr. Blvd.
Paducah, KY, 301 N. 4th
Parkersburg, WV, 531 5th Street
Petersburg, VA, 214 E. Washington Street
Pittsburgh, PA, 1101 Liberty Avenue
Portland, ME, 946 Congress
Raleigh, NC, 314 W. Jones
Rayville, LA, 212 Bernadetta
Redding, CA, 1321 Butte
Richmond, VA, 2709 Hermitage
Richmond, VA, 2910 North Boulevard
Ruston, LA, 118 W. Louisiana
Salinas, CA, Stanton Place & Market St. Alley
San Antonio, TX, 1505 E. Houston Street
San Antonio, TX, 200 Brown Street
San Diego, CA, 539 First
San Francisco, CA, 1140 7th
Santa Fe, NM, 858 St. Michael's
Savannah, GA, 610 W. Oglethorpe Avenue
Seattle, WA, 1250 Denny
Shreveport, LA, 408 Fannin
St. Louis, MO, 1515 N. 11th
St. Louis, MO, 1009-23 Cass Avenue
Stockton, CA, 121 South Center Street
Syracuse, NY, 815 Erie Boulevard East
Syracuse, NY, 701 Hiawatha Boulevard East
Tallahassee, FL, 112 W. Tennessee
Tampa, FL, 610 East Polk
Tampa, FL, Morgan & Cass Streets





                                       17
<PAGE>   18
Topeka, KS, 200 S.E. 3rd
Tupelo, MS, 201 Commerce
Tuscaloosa, AL, 2520 9th
Tyler, TX, 303 N. Bois D'Arc
Valdosta, GA, 200 N. Oak
Washington, D.C., 1005 First Street N.E.
Washington, D.C., 1345 New York Avenue, N.E.
Washington, D.C., 2020 Kendall Street
Wenatchee, WA, 301 First Street
Wichita, KS, 312 S. Broadway
Winston-Salem, NC, 250 Greyhound
Yakima, WA, 602 E. Yakima





                                       18
<PAGE>   19
                                  SCHEDULE R-3

                          Real Property Held For Sale


Alexandria, LA, 425 Bolton Avenue
Boston, MA, 651-661 E. 2nd Street
Cincinnati, OH, 1130 Kenner Street
Cleveland, OH, 2600 Hamilton Avenue
Dallas, TX, 1100 S. Lamar Street
Grand Rapids, MI, 1441 Godfrey Avenue S.W.
Houston, TX, 1710 Delano Street
Houston, TX, 1710 Delano Street
Jackson, MS, 1785 U.S. Highway 80 W.
Memphis, TN, 527 N. Main Street
Memphis, TN, 498 N. Front Street
Memphis, TN, 80 E. Sycamore Street
Parkersburg, WV, 531 5th Street
Petersburg, VA, 214 E. Washington Street
Salinas, CA, Stanton Place & Market St. Alley
San Antonio, TX, 1505 E. Houston Street
San Antonio, TX, 200 Brown Street
Stockton, CA, 121 South Center Street
Syracuse, NY, 701 Hiawatha Boulevard East
Washington, D.C., 1345 New York Avenue, N.E.
Washington, D.C., 2020 Kendall Street
Wenatchee, WA, 301 First Street





                                       19
<PAGE>   20
                                  SCHEDULE T-1

                              Tranche C Collateral


Atlanta, GA, 830 Jefferson Street, NW
Boston, MA, 571 East First Street
Chicago, IL, 901 North Halstead Street
Chicago, IL, 630 West Harrison Street
Columbus, OH, 111 East Town Street
Dallas, TX, 315 Continental Avenue
El Paso, TX, 201 West Main Drive
El Paso, TX, 200 West San Antonio Avenue
Los Angeles, CA, 1614 East 7th Street
Los Angeles, CA, 1716 East 7th Street
Miami, FL, 51 NW 11th Street
Oakland, CA, 21103 San Pablo Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA, 1101 Liberty Avenue
Richmond, VA, 2709 Hermitage Road
San Francisco, CA, 1140 7th Street
St. Louis, MO, 1515 North 11th Street
Tallahassee, FL, 112 West Tennessee Street
Tampa, FL, 610 East Polk Street





                                       20

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13



                               A G R E E M E N T

                                    Between

                             GREYHOUND LINES, INC.

                                      And

                  DISTRICT NO. 9, INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF
                              MACHINISTS, AFL-CIO


                                    Covering

                           ST. LOUIS GARAGE EMPLOYEES


         MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT - This Agreement, effective October 1, 1996,
and expiring October 1, 1999, is entered into by and between Greyhound Lines,
Inc. and its successors and assigns, hereinafter called the "Company," and the
District No. 9, International Association of Machinists, AFL-CIO, hereinafter
called the "Union."  The parties recognize that the assets of Greyhound Lines,
Inc. are under new ownership.  No contract language, award, adjustment,
interpretation letter, practice, or right agreed to between the Union and the
previous owners, or made binding between them  through arbitration or
otherwise, shall remain in effect unless expressly agreed to herein, or as
later agreed by the parties.  This Agreement may be modified only by formal
amendment signed by the parties.

The titles used in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not
to be considered as a part of this operative language.

As used herein, whenever "he" or "his" or their related pronouns appear, they
have been used for literary purposes and are meant in their generic sense to
include both female and male sexes.

If the Company, or any portion thereof, is sold, there shall be included in the
documents relating to such a sale a requirement that the purchaser accept and
be bound by this Agreement and all its terms for the duration of this
Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE I

Section 1 - Recognition

The Company recognizes the Union as the exclusive representative for purposes
of collective bargaining of all employees of the Maintenance Department of the
Company at its St. Louis, Missouri garage, excluding office clerical employees,
guards, professional employees, and all other employees and supervisors as
defined in the National Labor Relations Act, as amended.
<PAGE>   2
Section 2 - Definition, Journeymen Mechanics

Journeymen Mechanics shall have served as apprenticeship or otherwise have
acquired the knowledge, experience and ability to perform work assigned them,
within a reasonable time and in a satisfactory manner.


Section 3 - Definitions, Apprentice Mechanics

Apprentices are those employees primarily engaged in learning the trade of the
Journeyman Mechanic through working under the supervision of a Journeyman
Mechanic and also working as needed as a Greaser.

One (1) Apprentice may be employed for each five (5) Journeymen employed in
each Shop, but in any event, one (1) Apprentice may be employed in each shop.

Apprentices presently employed shall continue their apprenticeship training.
If new Apprentices are employed, the Company and the Union shall negotiate in
respect to the establishment of an apprenticeship training plan under which
such new Apprentices shall be trained.


Section 4 - Definitions, Working Foremen

Working Foremen shall be considered as a supervisory position and appointed by
the Company.  However, the Company agrees to interview and give every
consideration to the senior employee at the location where the vacancy exists,
but will not be required to post the Working Foreman's position for general bid
provided for by this Agreement.  Working Foremen shall remain members of the
Union.


                    ARTICLE II - MANNING OF MAINTENANCE WORK

It will be the Company's policy to have maintenance work historically performed
in its garages on Company operated vehicles continue to be performed at Company
garages, however, in cases of road failure, the Company may have emergency
temporary repairs made in order to operate the bus to a Company facility for
repairs.


                            ARTICLE III - UNION SHOP

All full and part-time employees covered by any portion of this Agreement must
become and remain members of the Union not later than the thirty-first (31st)
day following their date of employment as a condition of their continued
employment with the Company.





                                       2
<PAGE>   3
                             ARTICLE IV - SENIORITY

Section 1 - Rosters

A Seniority roster of Machinists members who are employees at the St. Louis
garage shall be maintained and posted on the bulletin boards annually.  A copy
of the seniority roster will be furnished to the Union.  Protests to posting on
the seniority roster must be made within thirty days of posting, otherwise the
seniority roster will stand as issued, indisputable errors excepted.


Section 2 - Definition

Seniority as established shall be, after qualifying, the date of employment in
the St. Louis garage either by the Company or, if prior to March 19, 1987, by
Greyhound Lines, Inc.


Section 3 - Probational Employment

Employees will be given a probationary period of sixty (60) calendar days from
date of employment in which to properly demonstrate the ability to carry on the
duties of their position and unless notified to the contrary within the sixty
(60) calendar day period, it will be understood that the application has been
approved unless it later develops that false information materially affecting
the acceptance of the application for employment was given, in which event such
employee would be subject to dismissal by the Company.

Grievance procedure is not applicable to employees dismissed by the Company
during the first thirty-one (31) calendar days of the probationary period.


Section 4 - Reduction and Restoration of Forces

When forces are reduced, employees will be laid off in reverse order of
seniority starting with junior employee.  When forces are restored, employees
will be recalled in seniority order, subject to employee's qualifications to
perform the work as determined by the Company, with the most senior furloughed
qualified employee being the first recalled.  Recall notice shall be sent by
certified mail or telegram to the last address filed by the employee in writing
with the Company.  Employees recalled to work shall return to work within seven
(7) days after recall notice is sent.  Employees who fail to report for work
within the seven (7) day period shall forfeit all seniority rights and be
considered as voluntarily terminating their service with the Company.
Employees who are furloughed and who are not recalled by the Company within one
year following the date of furlough will lose all seniority rights after the
one year period and will no longer be subject to recall by the Company.
Employees to be laid off shall be given seven (7) days notice of such layoff.

The Company agrees that for the duration of the labor agreement, that it will
not layoff (furlough) journeymen mechanics at the St. Louis garage who were
hired prior to January 1, 1993.





                                       3
<PAGE>   4
Section 5 - Transfer to Supervisory Status

Employees covered by this Agreement who are transferred to supervisory
positions in the Company's employ shall retain their seniority for a period of
sixty (60) days.  If they do not return to the bargaining unit within sixty
(60) days, they will forfeit all accrued seniority.


Section 6 - Leaves of Absence

Employees who are granted leaves of absence by the Company shall retain and
accrue seniority during such leaves, provided same do not exceed ninety (90)
days in any one (1) year.  Seniority shall not accrue during leaves in excess
of said period, excepting only in the case of leaves due to illness or injury,
in which event, seniority shall continue to accrue.


Section 7 - Shift Preference

Employees shall be given preference according to their seniority rank in
selecting a regular work shift and days off.  The Company shall determine the
number of employees of each shift and in manning shifts, shall assign junior
employees, in the classification involved, to shifts, if such shifts are not
manned, in keeping with the Company's requirements as a result of the selection
of shifts by the employees as above provided.  The Company shall assign
probational employees to such hours and days off as it may determine during
their probational period, provided that, in so doing, employees regularly
assigned shall not be displaced.


Section 8 - Loss of Seniority

An employee's seniority rights shall terminate if he:

         (1)     Quits.
         (2)     Is discharged.
         (3)     Is laid off for a period of one (1) year or more.
         (4)     After having been laid off, fails to report to work within
                 seven (7) days after recall notice is sent to him.
         (5)     Fails to report to work upon expiration of leave of absence.
         (6)     Is absent from work, without authorization of the Company, for
                 three (3) consecutive working days for
                 any cause other than personal illness or injury.
         (7)     Is furloughed and is not recalled by the Company within one
                 (1) year following the date of the
                 furlough.
         (8)     Becomes a supervisor and does not return to the bargaining
                 unit as stated in Article 4, Section 5.





                                       4
<PAGE>   5
                    ARTICLE V - HOURS, OVERTIME AND HOLIDAYS


Section 1 - Work Day and Work Week

The regular work week shall be 40 hours, consisting of either five (5)
consecutive eight (8) hour days or four (4) consecutive ten (10) hour days.
The Company shall have the right twice per year to determine the percentage of
each after consultation with the Union, provided that no more than 25% of the
employees covered by this Agreement on March 19, 1987, shall be compelled to
work shifts of ten hour days without the consent of the Union.  Work performed
in excess of these limits shall be overtime and will be paid at the rate of
time and one-half.


Section 2 - Overtime

There shall be no pyramiding or duplicate payment of overtime or premium pay
for the same hours worked.


Section 3 - Distribution of Overtime Work

Overtime work will be divided as nearly equal as practicable among the
employees in the classifications involved who normally perform such work.


Section 4 - Call Backs

Employees who are called back to work after having left the Company premises
following the completion to the regular day's work, or on their assigned days
off, shall be paid for such work at the applicable overtime rate and shall be
paid a minimum of four (4) hours at such applicable overtime rate.  This
minimum shall not apply to employees who continue to work beyond the quitting
time of their regular assignment.


Section 5 - Holdovers

Employees who are required to work beyond the regular quitting time of their
shift shall be given as much advance notice thereof as circumstances will
permit, with the understanding that they shall be given at least two (2) hours
notice, except in cases of emergency.


Section 6 - Shifts

The present shift hours are as follows:

         1st shift -  7:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m.
         2nd shift -  3:30 p.m. to Midnight
         3rd shift - 10:30 p.m. to 7:00 a.m.





                                       5
<PAGE>   6
If the starting time of any job is changed by more than one (1) hour, that job
will be posted for bid.


Section 7 - Holidays

For employees with ten (10) or more years seniority there shall be eight (8)
paid holidays composed of New Year's Day; Martin Luther King, Junior's
Birthday; Washington's Birthday; Easter Sunday; Fourth of July; Labor Day;
Thanksgiving; and Christmas.

For employees with more than ninety (90) days but less than (10) years
seniority there shall be five (5) paid holidays composed of New Year's Day,
Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, and Christmas.  On his tenth
anniversary date of employment, an employee will be entitled to all subsequent
holidays in that calendar year to which employees with ten (10) or more years
seniority are entitled.  In order to receive holiday pay, an employee must work
the last scheduled work day prior to the holiday and also the first scheduled
work day immediately after the holiday.

Employees shall be paid at their regular hourly rate of pay for the number of
hours of their regular shift on the day of the holiday.

When a paid holiday falls within the employee's vacation period, the employee
shall receive an extra day off, with pay, for such holiday.


Section 8 - General Bid

There shall be one (1) general bid per year unless otherwise agreed between the
parties.  Employees may not change classifications at the general bid.

                               ARTICLE VI - WAGES

Section 1 - Hourly Wage Rate

Hourly Rates of Pay - Maintenance Employees

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  Effective        Effective        Effective
Classification                     10/1/96          10/1/97          10/1/98 
- --------------                    ---------        ---------        ---------
<S>                               <C>              <C>              <C>
Working Foremen                  
- ---------------                  
                                 
- -        Regular Hourly Rate      $15.42           $15.88           $16.36
                                 
Mechanic                         
- --------                         
                                 
- -        Regular Hourly Rate      $15.11           $15.56           $16.03
                                 
Partsmen                         
- --------                         
                                 
- -        Regular Hourly Rate      $13.60           $14.00           $14.42
</TABLE>





                                       6
<PAGE>   7
Employees who ordinarily are classified and carried in a lower-rated
classification, but who are assigned by the Company, from time to time, to work
in a higher-rated classification shall be paid, while working in a higher-rated
classification, at the starting rate for that classification for four (4) hours
for assignments of four (4) hours or less, and for eight (8) hours for
assignments of more than four (4) hours and up to an including eight (8) hours.
Employees who are classified and carried in a higher-rated classification, but
who are required by the Company to work in a lower-rated classification when
work is available for them in their regular classification shall be paid for
such work in the lower-rated classification, at their regular rate of pay.
Employees who are offered and elect to take available work in a lower-rated
classification, in preference to being laid off on account of reduction of
force, shall be paid for such work at rates for the classification in which the
work is performed.


Section 2 - No Reduction, etc.

No employee shall have his wages reduced as the result of the signing of this
Agreement.  Nothing herein shall prohibit the paying of a higher rate of pay at
the discretion of the Company.


Section 3 - Pay Days

Employees will be paid on a bi-weekly payroll.  In addition, the Company
reserves the right to name the day of the week that the bi-weekly payroll would
be paid on and reserves the right to set up a reasonable lead time for payroll
cutoff.


Section 4

The Company shall have the right to increase wages on a location basis to meet
market concerns.  Such increase will not be on an individual basis, but must
cover all employees in the classification.  The Company will meet with the
Union prior to announcing such increases.


                            ARTICLE VII - SICK LEAVE

Section 1

(a)      Any sickness or injury which prevents an employee from performing the
         duties of his regular job with the Company shall be considered as
         sickness under this Article, provided, however, that no employee shall
         receive benefits thereunder whose sickness is caused by venereal
         diseases, intoxication, or any injury which may be the result of any
         intoxication by alcohol or drug addition, or any condition occurring
         while violating any criminal law or resulting therefrom.

(b)      Employees having one (1) year of seniority shall be eligible for sick
         leave for each assigned work day off not in excess of five (5) days
         per year.  A work day shall be at the regular hourly rate for the
         number of hours of the employee's regular shift on the day missed.





                                       7
<PAGE>   8
         Employees who did not use the sick leave they are entitled to, as
         outlined above, shall be entitled to up to two (2) weeks (ten (10)
         working days) accumulated sick leave, in addition to the annual sick
         leave allowance provided for above.  This same procedure shall be
         applicable to the application and granting of accumulation of sick
         leave for the remaining years of the contract.  The maximum sick leave
         allowance shall not exceed three (3) weeks (fifteen (15) working days)
         in any one year.  All employees shall be permitted to carry over all
         sick leave accumulated and outstanding with Greyhound Lines, Inc. as
         of March 18, 1987.

(c)      There shall be a three (3) day waiting period, in respect to each
         sickness, for and during which no sick leave benefits shall be due or
         payable.  This waiting period shall begin on the day on which the
         employee visits or is visited by a doctor and shall include days off,
         as well as scheduled work days.  If an employee is disabled during his
         regular working hours and has worked less than four (4) hours, the
         preceding day shall be considered as the date last worked.  If he has
         worked four (4) hours or more, that day shall be considered as the
         date last worked.  Following the completion of said waiting period,
         the employee shall receive sick leave pay for each regular assigned
         work day lost because of such sickness, up to the maximum sick leave
         credit to which he is then entitled.  In the event the loss of time
         from work, on account of sickness, is compensable under any present or
         future state or federal compensation act or claims against a third
         party, then only the difference between the sick leave allowance and
         the amount paid under such compensation act or third party suit or
         settlement for such loss of time shall be payable hereunder.  When
         payment is made for the difference in earnings, such payment will be
         considered as payment for a full day of sick leave.

         Sick leave claims involving Workmen's Compensation will not be paid
         until the employee returns to work and his rights under the Workmen's
         Compensation Act are fully determined.  In the event the employee
         terminates his employment with the Company without returning to work,
         such sick leave claims will be honored when his rights under the
         Workmen's Compensation Act have been fully determined.  Sick leave
         claims, involving injuries sustained outside the course of employment,
         where an employee has a claim or suit pending against a third party
         for such injuries and resulting damages, will not be paid until the
         employee returns to work and his claim against the third party has
         been disposed of by trial or settlement.

(d)      No employee shall be entitled to receive benefits under this plan for
         any time lost by reason of sickness while on vacation.  However, if an
         employee should become sick while on vacation and is unable to return
         to work at the end of his vacation, his three (3) day waiting period
         shall commence on the first regular scheduled work day following the
         conclusion of his vacation.





                                       8
<PAGE>   9
(e)      In order to receive benefits under this plan, the employee shall
         submit to the Company medical evidence of his disability from a
         Company physician or other bona fide, licensed medical doctor, and if
         requested, on forms to be provided by the Company.  The expense of
         this medical evidence shall not be borne by the Company.  The Company,
         as its option, may require a special examination of the employee by a
         doctor to be designated by the Company.

         This shall be done without cost to the employee.  Notification of
         absence on account of sickness shall be given to the employee's
         immediate supervisor as soon as possible.  Application for sick leave
         benefits shall be filed with his supervisor within five (5) days after
         return of the employee to duty.

(f)      Any employee found to have abused the sickness benefit privilege by
         falsification or misrepresentation shall thereupon be subject to
         disciplinary action and reduction or elimination of sickness benefits,
         and shall further restore to the Company amounts paid to him for
         period of such absence.


                          ARTICLE VIII - BENEFIT PLANS

Section - 1

(a)      Employees currently in the Amalgamated Council of Greyhound Local
         Unions pension plan will remain in such plan and in addition the
         Company, effective October 1, 1996, will contribute on behalf of those
         employees twenty-five dollars ($25.00) per month for the life of the
         contract for regular full-time employees to the Automotive Industries
         Plan.

(b)      Effective October 1, 1996, the employer will make a maximum combined
         contribution to the health and welfare and pension funds of $495.00
         per month per regular full-time employees.  Said contributions will be
         increased to $535.00 per month on October 1, 1997 and to $575.00 per
         month on October 1, 1998.

(c)      For those employees in (a) above, the contributions in (b) will be
         used for health and welfare premiums only.

(d)      For all other employees, the contributions will be used for both
         Health and Welfare and Pension contributions.

(e)      The health and welfare benefit plans will be determined by the Union
         and the Union will notify the Company where to send the required
         payments.

(f)      The employer agrees to accept the provisions of the various Trust
         Agreements and agrees to sign and be bound by the terms of said
         Agreements.





                                       9
<PAGE>   10
Section 2

Employees will be permitted to participate in the Greyhound Lines, Inc. Cash or
Deferred Retirement Plan for Represented Employees with the understanding that
the Company is not obligated to make any matching contributions on behalf of
such employee.  The Union agrees to accept and abide by the terms of the Plan
and the related Trust and the Union agrees to waive its rights to participate
in any discussions regarding the administration, amendment or terminating of
the Plan or the related Trust.


                            ARTICLE IX - UNION DUES

The Company agrees to check-off and remit to the financial officer of the
respective District or Local Union monthly from the pay of each employee who is
a member of the Union, and who has so authorized the Company in writing, all
dues, initiation fees, regular assessments as may be assessed against such
member, and such voluntary contributions to the Union as may be separately
authorized by the employee.  Requests for check-off of assessments will be
signed by the financial officer of the District or Local Union.


                             ARTICLE X - VACATIONS

Section 1

Vacations shall be granted in the following manner:

         (a)     Employees who complete one (1) year but less than fifteen (15)
years of continuous employment shall be granted a vacation of two (2) weeks
with pay.

         (b)     Employees who complete fifteen (15) years but less than
twenty-five (25) years of continuous employment shall be granted a vacation of
three (3) weeks with pay.

         (c)     Employees who complete twenty-five (25) years of continuous
employment but less than twenty-seven (27) years of continuous employment shall
be granted a vacation of four (4) weeks with pay.

         (d)     Employees who complete twenty-seven (27) years of continuous
employment or more shall be granted a vacation of five (5) weeks with pay,
effective with the 1997 vacation bid.

("Week", as used herein, shall mean forty (40) hours).

The annual posting date of vacations shall be during November, with vacations
to be taken during the following calendar year.  The number of weeks vacation
to be bid in November will be determined by the employee's seniority during the
calendar year in which the vacation is taken. The Company will post a vacation
schedule, on or before the 1st day of November of each year, listing each week
separately for the twelve (12) month period, commencing on January 1 next
following such posting and will designate how many employees can be released
for vacation purposes each week.  Twenty (20) days, after such schedule has
been





                                       10
<PAGE>   11
posted, all employees eligible or who will become eligible during such vacation
period shall then immediately express their choice of vacation period, in
accordance with seniority ranking, on a bid sheet presented to the employee for
that purpose.  Vacation bidding will be completed by December 1.

An employee who does not express his choice when the bid sheet is presented to
him shall be passed up and not entitled to express his choice until after the
bid sheet has been presented to all other eligible employees.

The Company will cooperate with the Union in attempting to allow as many
employees as possible to take vacation during the months of May through
October.

All vacations must be taken within the period designated by the employee's bid,
or if no bid, within the period designated by the Company.  Employees who are
on furlough, leave of absence, or otherwise absent and are not reached by the
bid sheet shall, upon return to work, select a vacation period from those then
remaining open for bid.  Employees who fail to bid must take vacations at a
time designated by the Company.

Employees who are absent from work during their regular assigned work period,
in any service year, shall forfeit one-twelfth (1/12) of the vacation
allowance due them for that service year for each aggregate of 173 hours not
worked during said year.  A period of time not worked of less than four (4)
consecutive hours, shall not be taken into account in computing such aggregate.
No deduction shall be made from the vacation allowance for absence due to bona
fide illness or disability for the first 519 hours of such absence in any
service year.

For each aggregate of 173 hours worked by an employee as overtime during his
service year, he shall receive an allowance of one-twelfth (1/12) of his
vacation allowance which shall be applied only as a credit against an equal
amount of deduction assessed because of absence.  Penalties or credits shall
not be extended beyond the period in which assessed.

Employees who have completed earning an annual vacation and who leave the
service for any cause, prior to taking such earned vacation, shall be paid an
amount of money equal to such earned vacation.

Employees who are discharged for cause, at any time, during their service year
and those who voluntarily leave the service of the Company, prior to having
worked six (6) months of their service year, for which, if completed, they
would be entitled to a vacation shall receive no vacation allowance for that
service year.

Employees whose service entitled them to qualify for a vacation and who
voluntarily leave the service of the Company, after having worked six (6)
months of their service year, for which, if completed, they would be entitled
to a vacation shall be paid their vacation allowance, pro-rata, for the time so
worked.

Employees leaving the service of the Company will be charged the number of days
vacation not earned for which they have been paid.





                                       11
<PAGE>   12
                        ARTICLE XI -GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE


Section 1

Should any difference or dispute arise involving the interpretation or
application of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or the
discipline or discharge of any employee covered hereby, it shall be settled in
the following manner:

         (1)     The aggrieved party or his Union representative shall give a
                 clear, written statement of the grievance to the
                 Superintendent or his designated representative within ten
                 (10) days from the date of the occurrence causing such
                 grievance.  In cases of discharge, the grievance must be filed
                 within five (5) days of the date of the discharge.  The
                 Superintendent shall make his written decision within ten (10)
                 days after such grievance has been so presented, the employee
                 affected, if any, may present such grievance with the Shop
                 Steward.

         (2)     If the Superintendent's decision is not satisfactory, appeal
                 therefrom may be taken to the Regional Manager of Maintenance,
                 provided written Notice of Appeal is given within ten (10)
                 working days of the date of the Superintendent's decision;
                 otherwise, the latter decision shall be final.  If such appeal
                 is taken, the Regional Manager of Maintenance or his
                 designated representative shall render his written decision
                 within ten (10) working days after the appeal is presented to
                 him.


Section 2

If the foregoing grievance procedure does not result in the satisfactory
disposition of the grievance, it may be submitted to arbitration for settlement
in accordance with the following procedure:

         (1)     Notice of Arbitrate shall be given, in writing, to the
                 Industrial Relations Department of the Company within ten (10)
                 working days of the date of the decision of the Regional
                 Manager of Maintenance or his designated representative;
                 otherwise, the latter decision shall be final.

         (2)     If such notice is given, the Union shall appoint an Arbitrator
                 and the Company shall appoint an Arbitrator, within ten (10)
                 working days after the Notice to Arbitrate is received by the
                 Company.  The two Arbitrators so appointed shall meet within
                 ten (10) working days for the purpose of attempting to decide
                 the grievance.  Should they fail to agree upon a decision and
                 upon a mutually acceptable third Arbitrator within ten (10)
                 working days, the party involving Arbitration shall request
                 the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service to nominate
                 five (5) persons to serve as the third Arbitrator.





                                       12
<PAGE>   13
                 The party requesting such nominations shall strike the names
                 of two (2) such nominees and refer the list of the three (3)
                 remaining nominees to the other party, who shall strike two
                 (2) names therefrom and the remaining nominee shall be the
                 third Arbitrator.

The Arbitrator so selected shall proceed to hear and decide the matter
expeditiously.  Each party shall bear the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator
selected by it and the witnesses called by it and the two shall share equally
the fees and expenses of the third Arbitrator, as well as the other costs of
the Arbitration proceeding.  The decision of the majority of such Arbitrators
made within their jurisdiction shall be final and binding on the Union and the
Company.  The Arbitrators shall not have authority to change or add to any of
the provisions of this Agreement or to pass upon any matter not submitted to
them.

Failure of either party to adhere to the time limits will result in forfeiture.

The time limits set forth in this Article may be enlarged by written agreement
of the parties.


Section 3

Discipline charged to an employee's record, which is over eighteen (18) months
old will not be considered by the Company, providing there is no other
discipline within the eighteen month period.


Section 4

Prior to arbitration the Automotive Coordinator, or his designee will meet with
the Company's Labor Relations representative, or his designee with the
authority to resolve the dispute.


                      ARTICLE XII - NO STRIKE - NO LOCKOUT


There shall be no lockout by the Company, and there shall be no strikes or
other work stoppages of any variety called by the Union, for the duration of
this Agreement.

Where a labor dispute arises with another Union recognized by the Company and a
legal picket line is established at or around a Company terminal, garage, or
other facility, our employees, who are members of the International Association
of Machinists, will be permitted to honor such a legal picket line only at the
facility where work of the other Union local is or was being performed at the
time of the dispute as a regular job or bid shift.





                                       13
<PAGE>   14
                      ARTICLE XIII - UNION REPRESENTATIVES


Section 1 - Shop Steward

The Company agrees that the members of the Union may choose from the regular
employees in such shop a representative or steward to act in behalf of the
members of the Union in such shop, in any capacity assigned to such
representative or steward by the Union, provided, however, that such activity
on the part of such representative or steward shall not interfere with the
normal and regular shop operations.

Section 2 - No Discrimination Against

The Company agrees that officers, business representatives of the Union and
shop stewards shall not be discriminated against on account of their
activities.  There shall be no discrimination against any man who may be
elected to serve as shop steward.


                           ARTICLE XIV - PICKET LINES

Section 1

When work in progress on equipment of the Company, at its St. Louis Garage, is
sent out to a commercial shop, equal opportunity shall be given to such
commercial shops.


                     ARTICLE XV - MANAGEMENT OF OPERATIONS


It is not the intent of this Agreement to include matters of management herein,
and the Company reserves to itself the management, conduct and control of the
operations of its business, including:  (1) the determination of the type,
kind, make and size of equipment and when, how and where such equipment shall
be used; (2) the prescribing of rules, instructions and regulations for the
safe, proper and effective conduct of its business in a competitive
environment; (3) the number and qualifications of employees employed by it and
their reasonable standards of conduct; (4) the assignment of work to the extent
not specified herein; and (5) except as limited by the Article titled "Manning
of Maintenance Work," the use of leased operations and independent contractors.
The Company also reserves the right to change decisions within the scope of
this Article at any time.





                                       14
<PAGE>   15
                      ARTICLE XVI - PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS


Section 1

All employees covered herein, upon request of the Company, must submit to a
physical examination, by competent medical authority, approved by the Company.
Employees will be accorded a reasonable amount of time during regular working
hours, at regular rates, for such examination.  It will be the policy of the
Company to request only one (1) examination a year, except in special instances
where a re-examination is necessary to determine whether or not recommendations
for corrections for an infirmity have been made.

Employees failing to pass such examination shall be disqualified from service.
If written request therefore is made within ten (10) days after such
disqualification, the employee may obtain an examination by two (2) physicians,
one of whom shall be selected and paid by him or his representatives, and the
other shall be selected and paid by the Company.  If the two physicians so
selected cannot agree, they shall select a third physician who shall be paid by
the employee and the Company, share and share alike, and the decision of the
majority of such physicians shall be final.

If, in such examination, disqualifications are found which, in the judgment of
such physicians, can be corrected by treatment, the employee will be given a
reasonable time in which to effect such correction.  If such employee is able
to work, he will be permitted to do so upon certification to that effect by the
examining physician or physicians.

Failure of such employee to request further examinations, as above provided, or
failure to effect required corrections, within a reasonable time, will
terminate his employment.

Employees who pass such examination, but who are requested or required to
correct physical defect or infirmities shall be furnished with a copy of the
Company Physician's Report.  If such request or requirement is not disputed, it
shall be complied with in a reasonable time.  If same is disputed further,
examination may be had and the matter decided in the manner above provided.  An
employee may be suspended for failure or refusal to comply with recommendations
or requirements for the correction or repair of any correctable infirmity until
he has complied therewith.





                                       15
<PAGE>   16
                        ARTICLE XVII - LEAVES OF ABSENCE

Section 1

A leave of absence may be granted on written application from employee stating
reason for the leave.

A leave of absence will not exceed ninety (90) days in a calendar year wherein
there will be no loss of seniority.  An extension of the leave beyond the
ninety (90) days may be granted upon proof of medical necessity or explanation
acceptable to the Company.

An employee on sick leave must report to the Company, at intervals of not to
exceed ninety (90) days each, concerning his condition and the probable
duration of his illness or disability.


Section 2 - Overstaying Leaves

An employee overstaying his leave of absence, unless detained by conditions
beyond his control, will automatically sever his connection with the Company.


Section 3 - Permission to be Absent

An employee desiring to be absent from work must personally obtain permission
from his foreman, preferably in writing, but if sickness or other unavoidable
causes prevent him from reporting for work, he shall notify his foreman as
early as possible.  The Company may require an employee who claims to have been
off duty because of illness to furnish a statement from a reputable physician
with respect to such illness.


Section 4 - Military Leaves

Employees enlisting or entering the military or naval service of the
government, pursuant to the provisions of the Selective Service and Training
Act of 1940, as amended, shall be granted all rights and privileges provided by
that Act and, particularly, by Section 8 thereof.  And, in addition thereto, it
is understood and agreed that all employees referred to in the foregoing
sentence shall retain and accumulate seniority rights during their tour of
military or naval service.


                         ARTICLE XVIII - MISCELLANEOUS


Section 1 - Drinking Fountains, etc.

Sanitary drinking fountains shall be provided in or convenient to the garage
and proper heating, lighting and ventilation of the garage for the comfort of
the employees shall be maintained.  The Company shall furnish employees hand
towels, bath towels, and soap, with proper quarters for washing and dressing.
Anyone losing, damaging or destroying towels will be required to pay for same.





                                       16
<PAGE>   17
Section 2 - Health and Safety

The Company agrees that any conditions detrimental to the health or safety of
employees will be corrected after being brought to its attention.  Employees
will be required to use safety devices provided by the Company in accordance
with posted instructions.  Employee representatives will be appointed to a
safety committee and periodic meetings of the safety committee will be held as
required.

The Company will work with the Union to insure a safe workplace and the Company
shall furnish all maintenance employees, when exposed to foul weather proper
foul weather gear which shall consist of rainsuits and individual boots where
the shoeless type is used.

The Company will attempt to get as many employees as possible involved in the
safety committee by rotating the employee representative on a periodic basis.


Section 3 - Tools

Special tools for use on Company equipment shall be furnished for the use of
the employees.  Employees will be required to carry such first class hand tools
as the work of their classification requires.  The Company will furnish, if
obtainable, not more than (2) flashlights per year to each employee whose work
requires such equipment and will also furnish all such flashlight batteries as
are necessary to such work.


Section 4 - Insurance on Tools

The Company's present fire insurance coverage in respect to employees' tools
and personal effects shall be continued in force.


Section 5 - Bulletin Board

A bulletin board will be provided, in a suitable place, in the garage for the
exclusive use of the Union.


Section 6 - Union Emblem

Union members will be permitted to wear the emblem of the Union on service
uniforms in a position designated by uniform regulations of the Company.


Section 7 - Passes

Employees, and those dependent upon them for support, will be given the same
consideration in the issuing of free or reduced rate transportation over the
Company's lines and its connecting carriers as is granted other employees of
the Company.





                                       17
<PAGE>   18
Section 8 - Work Away From Garage


When employees are assigned to perform work away from the St. Louis garage
facilities, they shall be paid for time necessarily spent in traveling to and
from the place where such work is to be performed and for time spent working.
Employees so used shall be paid at the applicable overtime rate for all work
performed in excess of their regular daily scheduled hours.  Overtime will be
paid only for actual overtime worked.  Such employees will not be relieved from
duty for the purpose of avoiding the payment of overtime when continuous work
would complete the assignment.

Employees on such assignments shall be reimbursed for actual, reasonable
expenses for meals and lodging incurred while on such assignments, as well as
for necessary cost of transportation, if same is not furnished by the Company.
Proper receipts covering such expenses shall be furnished to the Company to
support claims for reimbursement.  Upon request, the Company will furnish such
employees with a cash advance to cover such expenses, in which event, the
employee will account to the Company for such advance promptly following the
completion of each such assignment.


Section 9 - Employees' Current Address

Each employee covered by this Agreement shall keep the Company promptly and
currently advised, in writing, of his residence address.


Section 10

Non-bargaining unit employees including supervisory employees shall not perform
bargaining unit work except for instruction or training, testing materials or
products, or in emergency situations, including those caused by production
difficulties or the unavailability of qualified personnel.


Section 11

Employees at service islands will have the option to substitute insulated
coveralls for one set of uniforms.


                           ARTICLE XIX - JURY SERVICE


Section 1

Employees who are required to serve on juries shall be made whole in pay for
the time necessarily lost from their regular work assignment on account of such
jury service.


                           ARTICLE XX - FUNERAL LEAVE


Employees will receive up to three (3) days paid leave per occurrence for loss
of a parent, spouse or child.  Pay will be only for scheduled time missed.  The
Company reserves the right to request written proof.





                                       18
<PAGE>   19
                             ARTICLE XXI - LEGALITY


Section 1

         (a)     In the event that any part or provision of this Agreement
                 shall be rendered or declared invalid by reason of any law,
                 regulation, order or decree of any court or board, then only
                 that part of  provision rendered or declared invalid shall be
                 considered null and void, and the remainder of this Agreement
                 shall remain in full force and effect, according to the
                 original terms; provided, however, that in such event, the
                 parties agree to negotiate, in good faith, for such modified
                 provision as will be valid on the subject matter.


                                  ARTICLE XXII


Section 1

There shall be no discrimination in hiring, promotions, or other aspects of
employment because of race, creed, color, national origin, age or sex.


                  ARTICLE XXIII - EFFECTIVE DATE AND DURATION


This Agreement shall be in effect from October 1, 1996, until and including
October 1, 1999, and shall remain in effect from year to year thereafter unless
changed or terminated as herein provided.

Either party desiring to make any changes or modifications in this Agreement to
become effective at the end of the initial term or any annual extension
thereof, or desiring to terminate this Agreement at the expiration thereof,
shall notify the other party in writing of its desire either to enter into
negotiations for the purpose of making changes or modifications herein or of
its desire to terminate this Agreement at least sixty (60) days prior to the
expiration of the initial term or any extension hereof.  In the event that any
change or modification so requested by either party is not mutually agreed upon
prior to the expiration date of this Agreement or any renewal thereof, the
Agreement shall terminate at such expiration date unless the same shall be
extended by mutual consent.  After receipt of notification requesting changes
or modifications in the Agreement, the parties agree to set a mutually
satisfactory date to meet and discuss same.

The foregoing is the complete collective bargaining Agreement entered into by
and on behalf of the parties signatory hereto, indisputable errors and/or
omissions accepted.





                                       19
<PAGE>   20





Signed this         day of                 , 1996.
            -------        ----------------



GREYHOUND LINES, INC.             DISTRICT NO. 9, INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                  OF MACHINISTS, AFL-CIO

BY: /s/ J. FLOYD HOLLAND          BY: /s/ MERRILL FROST
    ----------------------------      ----------------------------


BY: /s/ BOB TANCOS                BY: /s/ LARRY A. SMITH
    ----------------------------      ----------------------------


BY:
    ----------------------------





                                      20
<PAGE>   21
                      [GREYHOUND LINES, INC. LETTERHEAD]




                                                        October 8, 1996





Mr. Merrill Frost
Automotive Coordinator
I.A.M.
9000 Machinists Place
Upper Marlboro, Maryland  20772-2687

Dear Mr. Frost:

        During contract negotiation, the parties discussed the alcohol policy
as outlined in rule 12 of the Maintenance Rule Book.

        Effective with the ratification of a new labor agreement, the Company
agrees to change the existing rule by deleting the last paragraph and
substituting the following:


              "An employee who is in violation of this rule will
              be terminated, however he will be reinstated upon
              completion of an approved rehabilitation program,
              provided he applies for reinstatement within sixty
              (60) days from date of discharge.  Such employee
              will be subject to random testing for a period of
              one (1) year from date of reinstatement.  The
              Company will pay for such testing.  A second
              violation of this rule will result in termination.

        Please confirm your understanding and acceptance of the above.

                                           Very truly yours,



                                           /s/ BOB TANCOS

                                           Bob Tancos
                                           Senior Director, Industrial Relations


Agreed:  /s/ MERRILL FROST
       -----------------------------
       Merrill Frost    10-9-96

<PAGE>   22
                            LETTER OF UNDERSTANDING


RE:     TRAINING - APPLIES TO ALL I.A.M. LOCATIONS


The Company and the Union are committed to enhancing the skills of employees.
It is the intent of the parties that the Company will provide and the employees
will participate in training.

Not withstanding any language in the various labor agreements, it is agreed
that an employee's shift and/or days off may be changed to allow them to attend
training sessions.  If such a change is made, the employee will be notified of
such change at least fourteen (14) days prior to the change.

If a change is made to an employee's shift and/or day off, the employee will be
paid at his regular straight time hourly rate for the time necessary to attend
such training.

/s/ RICHARD M. COTE  10-9-96            /s/ ROBERT J. TANCOS  10/9/96
- ----------------------------            -----------------------------
For the Union:                          For the Company:

/s/ LARRY A. SMITH                      /s/ J. FLOYD HOLLAND  10/9/96
- ----------------------------            -----------------------------

/s/ MERRILL FROST    10/9/96            /s/ ILLEGIBLE         10/9/96
- ----------------------------            -----------------------------

/s/ MICHAEL L. DAY   10/9/96            /s/ ILLEGIBLE         10/9/96
- ----------------------------            -----------------------------

/s/ ILLEGIBLE
- ----------------------------

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14




                                   AGREEMENT


                                    BETWEEN


                             GREYHOUND LINES, INC.


                                    AND THE


                    INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF MACHINISTS
                                      AND
                               AEROSPACE WORKERS


                          COVERING GARAGE EMPLOYEES AT



                                 MIAMI, FLORIDA
                            ST. PETERSBURG, FLORIDA
                          FAYETTEVILLE, NORTH CAROLINA
                            COLUMBIA, SOUTH CAROLINA
                                ORLANDO, FLORIDA
                    CHARLESTON, WEST VIRGINIA (AT TERMINAL)
                              TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA




                            EXPIRES OCTOBER 1, 1999





                                       1
<PAGE>   2
                                   AGREEMENT

                                    Between

                             GREYHOUND LINES, INC.

                                    AND THE

                    INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF MACHINISTS
                                      and
                               AEROSPACE WORKERS


                            Expires October 1, 1999

MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT -- This Agreement effective October 1, 1996, and
expiring October 1, 1999, is entered into by and between Greyhound Lines, Inc.
and its successors and assigns, hereinafter called the "Company," and the
International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, hereinafter
called the "Union."  The parties recognize that the assets of Greyhound Lines,
Inc. are under new ownership.  No contract language, award, adjustment,
interpretation letter, practice, or right agreed to between the Union and the
previous owners, or made binding between them through arbitration or otherwise,
shall remain in effect unless expressly agreed to herein, or as later agreed by
the parties.  This Agreement may be modified only by formal amendment signed by
the parties.

The titles used in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not
to be considered as a part of this operative language.

As used herein, whenever "he" or "his" or their related pronouns appear, they
have been used for literary purposes and are meant in their generic sense to
include both female and male sexes.

If the Company, or any portion thereof, is sold, there shall be included in the
documents relating to such a sale a requirement that the purchaser accept and
be bound by this Agreement and all its terms for the duration of this
Agreement.

                                P R E A M B L E

The intention of this Agreement is to promote and maintain harmonious relations
and cooperation between the Company and the International Association of
Machinists and Aerospace Workers, acting as sole





                                       2
<PAGE>   3
collective bargaining agency for all maintenance employees covered by this
Agreement.  The Union recognizes that the Company is engaged in public service
as a common carrier, and that the success and welfare of the business
necessitates the utmost efficiency and courtesy among employees and management
in order to build up and maintain the respect and good will of the public.

                                   Article I
                                BARGAINING UNIT

1.0      The Company recognizes the Union as the duly authorized
         representative, for the purpose of collective bargaining on wages,
         hours, and working conditions of all maintenance employees employed as
         Working Foremen, Mechanics, Storekeepers and Service Workers (Steam
         Cleaners, Fuelers and Cleaners) at the Company's garages at the
         following locations:  Miami, Florida; St. Petersburg, Florida;
         Fayetteville, North Carolina; Columbia, South Carolina; Orlando,
         Florida; and Charleston, West Virginia (employed at terminal), and
         Tallahassee, Florida.

1.1      The Company recognizes the right of its employees to become members of
         and to participate fully in the activities and affairs of the Union,
         and to bargain with the Company and its representatives through the
         Union and its representatives without fear of discrimination or
         intimidation.

1.2      The Union and the Company agree that their representatives will
         cooperate to the mutual benefit of both.  The Union agrees that its
         representatives and members will conduct its activities in an orderly
         manner so as not to interfere with the duties of the employees or
         disrupt the maintenance of discipline essential to the continuance of
         the public services of the Company.





                                       3
<PAGE>   4
                                   Article II
                          MANNING OF MAINTENANCE WORK

2.0      It will be the Company's policy to have maintenance work historically
         performed in its garages on Company operated vehicles continue to be
         performed at Company garages, however, in cases of road failure, the
         Company may have emergency temporary repairs made in order to operate
         the bus to a Company facility for repairs.

         The Company may have warranty work performed on GLI property by the
         manufacturers representative.

         Notwithstanding this provision or any other provision of this
         contract, if a service worker changes classifications or leaves the
         employ of the Company, the Company shall have the right, in its sole
         discretion, to have the service work of that employee performed
         through subcontracting or through hiring part-time employees not
         subject to this Agreement.

                                  Article III
                            MANAGEMENT OF OPERATIONS

3.0      It is not the intent of this Agreement to include matters of
         management herein, and the Company reserves to itself the management,
         conduct and control of the operations of its business including: (1)
         the determination of the type, kind, make and size of equipment and
         when, how and where such equipment shall be used; (2) the prescribing
         of rules, instructions and regulations for the safe, proper and
         effective conduct of its business in a competitive environment; (3)
         the number and qualifications of employees employed by it and their
         reasonable standards of conduct; (4) the assignment of work to the
         extent not specified herein; and (5) except as limited by the Article
         titled "Manning of Maintenance Work", the use of leased operations and
         independent





                                       4
<PAGE>   5
         contractors.  The Company also reserves the right to change decisions
         within the scope of this Article at any time.

                                   Article IV
                                 UNION SECURITY

4.0      All full and part-time employees covered by any portion of this
         Agreement must become and remain members of the Union not later than
         the thirty-first (31st) day following their date of employment as a
         condition of their continued employment with the Company.

                                   Article V
                                   CHECK-OFF

5.0      The Company agrees to check-off and remit to the financial officer of
         the respective District or Local Union monthly from the pay of each
         employee who is a member of the Union, and who has so authorized the
         Company in writing, all dues, initiation fees, regular assessments as
         may be assessed against such member, and such voluntary contributions
         to the Union as may be separately authorized by the employee.
         Requests for check-off of assessments will be signed by the financial
         officer of the District or Local Union.

                                   Article VI
                              PROBATIONARY PERIOD

6.0  (a) A new employee will be given a trial period of sixty (60)
         calendar days from his seniority date in which to demonstrate his
         ability to properly perform the duties for which he was hired.  It is
         understood that during the above sixty (60) calendar day period, none
         of the provisions of this Agreement covering discharge will apply.
        
     (b) New employees and employees upgraded to mechanic position will be 
         assigned the day shift during the probationary or qualifying period
         even though the shift bid is not a day shift position.  Such
         assignments will be without penalty.
        




                                       5
<PAGE>   6
                                  Article VII
                                 HOURS OF WORK

7.0  (a) The regular work week shall be forty (40) hours, consisting of
         either five (5) consecutive eight (8) hour days or four (4)
         consecutive ten (10) hour days.  The Company shall have the right
         twice per year to determine the percentage of each at each location
         after consultation with the Union, provided that no more than 25% of
         the employees covered by this Agreement on March 19, 1987, shall be
         compelled to work shifts of ten hour days without the consent of the
         Union.  Work performed in excess of these limits shall be overtime and
         will be paid at the rate of time and one-half.
        
     (b) Changing Shifts:  Any employee changing shifts at the convenience of 
         the Company shall be paid time and one-half his regular rate for the
         first shift on the new job and also time and one-half for the first
         day he returns to the old job. This will not apply to employees who
         have bid on jobs or shifts other than their own.
        
     (c) Consecutive Hours:  No employee shall be permitted to work in
         excess of sixteen (16) hours consecutively and after having worked
         sixteen (16) hours shall not be recalled to duty without first having
         been accorded eight (8) consecutive hours of relief.
        
                                  Article VIII
                                    OVERTIME

8.0      All work performed by an employee on his regularly scheduled days off
         shall be considered overtime and shall be paid for at time and
         one-half his established regular rate; provided that an employee must
         work a minimum of forty (40) regular hours during the same work week.

8.1      A record of overtime at each location will be kept and made available
         to the employees and posted on Company bulletin boards after each pay
         period and a copy of such records shall be furnished to the
         Maintenance Manager.





                                       6
<PAGE>   7
8.2      Overtime work necessary within the garage is to be divided as equally
         as possible.  If the available overtime is offered to the senior
         employee with the least amount of overtime and he is unwilling to
         perform the work he will be credited with the overtime hours he would
         have worked for purposes of this paragraph.  An employee who is not
         qualified for the work will not be credited with the overtime hours.

8.3      No employee will be compelled to lose time in place of any overtime
         worked or time worked beyond forty (40) hours per week or for time
         worked on his day or days off.

                                   Article IX
                                    HOLIDAYS

9.0      For employees with ten (10) or more years seniority there shall be
         eight (8) paid holidays composed of New Year's Day; Martin Luther
         King, Junior's Birthday; Washington's Birthday; Easter Sunday; Fourth
         of July; Labor Day; Thanksgiving, and Christmas.

         For employees with more than ninety (90) days but less than ten (10)
         years seniority there shall be five (5) paid holidays composed of New
         Year's Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, and Christmas.
         On the tenth anniversary date of employment, an employee will be
         entitled to all subsequent holidays in the calendar year to which
         employees with ten (10) or more years seniority are entitled.  In
         order to receive holiday pay, an employee must work the last scheduled
         work day prior to the holiday and also the first scheduled work day
         immediately after the holiday.

         If an employee is scheduled to work on the holiday, they must work
         their entire shift on the holiday to receive holiday pay.

9.1      Pay on holidays shall be at the employee's regular hourly rate for the
         number of hours of the employee's regular shift on the day of the
         holiday.





                                       7
<PAGE>   8
9.2      A holiday not worked shall be counted as a day worked for the purpose
         of computing weekly overtime.

9.3      There shall be no duplication of premium pay hereunder.

9.4      A sheet will be posted and signed by employees desiring Fourth of
         July, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas, and New Year's Day off.  The
         Company will decide the number employees who will be granted the day
         off and seniority will prevail.

                                   Article X
                                  CALL-IN PAY

10.0     Employees called by the Company and asked to report for work during
         their off period will be allowed a minimum of four (4) hours pay.  It
         is understood that should an employee be required to begin work before
         his regular scheduled shift, without one (1) hour prior notice, and
         continue to work on into his regular scheduled shift, he will be
         allowed a minimum of four (4) hours pay for the emergency call.

                                   Article XI
                                   WAGE SCALE

11.0     HOURLY RATES OF PAY -- MAINTENANCE EMPLOYEES --

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Eff.             Eff.              Eff.
                                     10/1/96           10/1/97          10/1/98  
                                  -----------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>               <C>                <C>
Miami, Florida
- --------------

Working Foreman                       $14.12           $14.54             $14.98
                                                                                
Journeyman                                                                      
  Mechanic                            $13.86           $14.28             $14.71
  Partsmen                            $12.47           $12.85             $13.23
Service Workers                                                                 
  Regular Rate                        $ 7.92           $ 8.16             $ 8.40
**New Hire Rate                       $ 7.41           $ 7.63             $ 7.86
                                                                                
Orlando, Florida                                                                
- ----------------                                                                
                                                                                
Working Foreman                       $13.33           $13.73             $14.14
Journeyman                                                                      
  Mechanic                            $13.07           $13.46             $13.87
</TABLE>





                                       8
<PAGE>   9
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                     <C>                <C>
Service Workers
  Regular Rate                        $ 7.92                  $ 8.16             $ 8.40
**New Hire Rate                       $ 7.41                  $ 7.63             $ 7.86


St. Petersburg,
- ---------------
Florida
- -------

Working Foreman                       $14.10                  $14.52             $14.96
Journeyman
  Mechanic                            $13.84                  $14.26             $14.69
Service Workers
  Regular Rate                        $ 7.92                  $ 8.16             $ 8.40
**New Hire Rate                       $ 7.41                  $ 7.63             $ 7.86

Tallahassee,
- ------------
Florida
- -------

Working Foreman                       $13.61                  $14.01             $14.43
Journeyman
  Mechanic                            $13.35                  $13.75             $14.16
Service Workers
  Regular Rate                        $ 7.92                  $ 8.16             $ 8.40
**New Hire Rate                       $ 7.41                  $ 7.63             $ 7.86

Fayetteville,
- -------------
North Carolina
- --------------

Working Foreman                       $12.75                  $13.13             $13.53
Journeyman
  Mechanic                            $12.49                  $12.87             $13.25
Service Workers
  Regular Rate                        $ 7.92                  $ 8.16             $ 8.40
**New Hire Rate                       $ 7.41                  $ 7.63             $ 7.86

Columbia,
- ---------
South Columbia
- --------------

Working Foreman                       $13.15                  $13.55             $13.95
Journeyman
  Mechanic                            $12.90                  $13.28             $13.68
Service Workers
  Regular Rate                        $ 7.92                  $ 8.16             $ 8.40
**New Hire Rate                       $ 7.41                  $ 7.63             $ 7.86

Charleston, 
- ------------
West Virginia
- -------------

Working Foreman                       $13.41                  $13.81             $14.23
Journeyman
  Mechanic                            $13.15                  $13.55             $13.95
</TABLE>





                                       9
<PAGE>   10
The Company shall have the right to increase wages on a location basis to meet
market concerns.  Such increases will not be on an individual basis but must
cover all employees in the classification.  The Company will meet with the
Union prior to announcing such increases.

**An employee hired at this rate is entitled to the regular hourly rate at the
end of twenty-four(24) months of continuous full-time employment

                                  Article XII
                                WORKING FOREMAN

12.0     Working Foreman shall be considered as a supervisory position and
         appointed by the Company.  However, the Company agrees to interview
         and give every consideration to the senior employee at the location
         where the vacancy exists, but will not be required to post the Working
         Foreman's position for general bid provided for by this Agreement.
         Working Foremen shall remain members of the Union.

12.1     When three (3) or more employees on the same shift are exclusively and
         regularly employed in rebuilding or servicing air conditioning
         equipment, one of them will be assigned as Working Foreman.

                                  Article XIII
                                  APPRENTICES

The current apprenticeship program will remain until a new program is
developed.  The Company/IAM in house apprenticeship program to be developed and
then implemented at garages having 30 or more mechanics.  Apprenticeship
program, including apprentice wage rates to be applied to all mechanics having
a service date after October 1, 1985.  No mechanic hired prior to October 1,
1989 will take any pay or benefit reduction below December 1989 levels as a
result of apprenticeship program and will receive the minimum wage increases.

                                  Article XIV
                                   MECHANICS

14.0     The work of a Journeyman Mechanic is described as follows:

         General inspection, fitting connecting rods and main bearings, fitting
         pistons





                                       10
<PAGE>   11
         and rings, rebuilding transmissions, general motor overhaul,
         rebuilding generators, air compressors, diesel motor blowers, fuel
         injectors, starters, air conditioning equipment, all machining and
         lathe work and first class sheet metal work as well as first class
         body work.

14.1     The foregoing paragraph is only intended to describe in part the work
         performed by Journeyman Mechanic, but does not include other work
         being performed by a Journeyman Mechanic.

                                   Article XV
                             TEMPORARY ASSIGNMENTS

15.0     The senior qualified employees assigned temporarily to classifications
         paying higher rate than their own shall receive the minimum higher
         rate on such classification upon performing such duties.

15.1     Any employee assigned to work in a classification paying a higher rate
         of pay than that which he receives, except as otherwise provided for
         in this Agreement, will receive the minimum higher rate in the higher
         classification while performing such duties.

15.2     No employee will be transferred from his department for a period in
         excess of five (5) accumulative days.  Transfer will be by rotation of
         employees in each department of classification and by reversed
         seniority.  For the purpose of taking inventory, an employee may be
         assigned for five (5) consecutive days.  The Union agrees to keep the
         records.

                                  Article XVI
                                   ROAD CALLS

16.0     Road Failures - Mechanical road failure work on buses will be handled
         as follows:

   1.    Where parts are sent to make repairs, a Journeyman Mechanic from the
         line will be sent out.

   2.    Where delay to passengers would be increased by sending a Journeyman
         Mechanic, such repair work may be performed by other than a 
         Journeyman Mechanic.





                                       11
<PAGE>   12
         

3.       Where repairs on non-revenue equipment requires a Journeyman Mechanic
         more than one half (1/2) hour to complete, even though parts are not
         sent or purchased locally, Journeyman Mechanics from the line will be
         sent except in case of Number 2 above.

4.       Parts will not be stored for the purpose of making repairs under this
         section at points other than Company garages in order to evade the
         application intended in Number 1 above.

5.       Employees so used shall not be relieved from such work in order to
         prevent the accumulation of overtime when continuous duty would
         complete same but may be relieved for proper rest.  Employees will not
         be paid for time during which they are relieved for rest.  Reasonable
         expenses for meals and lodging will be paid by the company.
         Reasonable expenses for purchase of fuel, oil, and/or parts will be
         advanced to employees on road calls if the situation warrants.

         All reports made on the cause of the road failure shall be
         substantiated by facts, and will be made available to the Union on
         request, although any supervising maintenance official may include his
         opinion in said report.  Bills for outside work will be forwarded to
         the garage location having jurisdiction of work in the area by the
         billing concern and a copy will be given to the Shop Steward.

16.1     The Company may have towing performed by outside towing companies.

16.2     It is not the intention of the Company to abuse the practice of
         performing repairs or maintenance work outside of Company garages.

16.3     A road call board (if desired by the Journeyman Mechanics involved)
         will be established and





                                       12
<PAGE>   13
         when it is necessary to call a Journeyman Mechanic who is off duty to
         service a road call, those Journeyman Mechanics who have placed
         themselves on the board and are qualified to do the road failure work
         will be called in rotation.  If the Journeyman Mechanic does not
         accept the call, he shall be dropped to the bottom of the board and be
         placed behind the man who accepted the call.

         All service calls within service call boundaries shall be serviced by
         the bottom man on the road call board, who is on duty.

                                  Article XVII
                                   SENIORITY

17.0     (a)      There will be a seniority roster posted indicating garage
                  seniority and job classification.

         When a reduction of forces is made in a work location, employees
         subject to furlough must exercise their garage seniority within their
         current classifications before bidding into another classification,
         qualifications being sufficient.

         In case of reduction in forces, employees to be furloughed will be
         given seven (7) days notice.

         Employees who have been on furlough status continuously for three (3)
         years shall no longer be entitled to recall.

    (b)  There will be a common system seniority date of December 16, 1968, in
         accordance with the following:

         FURLOUGHS:

         An employee displaced or furloughed because of a reduction in forces
         shall first exhaust his garage seniority in his classification at the
         location where displacement occurs.

         If no job is available within his classification at his location such
         employee will, within ten (10) days, exercise his seniority date of
         December 16, 1968.  This does not preclude an employee from exercising
         his garage seniority in a lower classification or his standby 
         furlough rights as provided in the Labor Agreement.





                                       13
<PAGE>   14
         

         When an employee bumps into another location as outlined above and
         later there is an opening at the location from which he was furloughed
         or displaced, he will have a right to exercise his garage seniority on
         any vacancy in his classification at his former location.

         Employees who bump into other locations or are furloughed shall be
         given first preference for recall to his former location on a garage
         seniority basis when a permanent vacancy occurs.

         BIDDING:

         The common seniority date of December 16, 1968, may be used for the
         purpose of bidding on vacancies at other locations for which there
         were no bidders.

         In the event vacancy cannot be filled, the vacancy will be offered to
         the senior employee on furlough in the Company.

    (c)  Seniority as used herein shall mean service seniority, consisting of
         all time worked for the Company, or in the Service of Greyhound Lines,
         Inc.  before March 19, 1987, in all classifications at the employee's
         work location, including all seniority retained after a transfer or
         recall from furlough as provided in the Article.

    (d)  Employees moving to another garage under provisions of Article 15.0
         and who were either on vacation, sick leave or personal leave during
         the entire posting period will establish seniority at the new location
         effective with the date of the awarding of the job the same as though
         such employee had been the original bidder.

    (e)  Employees transferring under Article 15.0 will have up to fourteen
         (14) days from assignment of position to relocate.

17.1     A seniority list will be kept posted and stand as correct,
         indisputable errors excepted.  A copy of the seniority list will be
         furnished the Chairman of the Local Committee.  The reduction and
         restoration of forces, bidding on





                                       14
<PAGE>   15
         shifts, vacations, and days off in each classification at each work
         location shall be governed by garage seniority, qualifications being
         sufficient.

17.2     If it is found necessary to reduce forces, the Company will eliminate
         overtime, except in emergencies.  The possibility of reduction of the
         work week will be discussed between representatives of the Union and
         the Company.  Before the work week is reduced, it is understood that
         any agreement reached on the reduction of the work week must have the
         approval of the membership involved.

17.3     Each city where Company garages are operated shall constitute a single
         seniority district and the exercise of seniority shall be confined to
         such district, except when qualified help is not available at a
         location.

17.4     When at the request of the Company, an employee consents to transfer
         or is recalled from furlough to another location, he will retain and
         accumulate seniority at his original location and will accumulate
         seniority at the new location from date of transfer only.  Any
         employee transferred at the request of the Company will be paid
         necessary and reasonable living expenses and transportation.

17.5     When two (2) or more employees are employed on the same date, the
         employee having the highest last two numerals in his Social Security
         number will be ranked first.

17.6     Annual Posting of Jobs - It is hereby agreed that for at least seven
         (7) days prior to November 7 of each year, the Company will post in
         each seniority location as herein defined, a notice specifying the
         number of jobs, the number of employees in each work classification to
         be employed on each shift, and the scheduled hours of work and days
         off for each job; such notice to be posted on the bulletin board with
         the understanding that each individual has the right to make his own
         selection and will make such selection on his first regular work shift
         after the 7th of November posting.  No job will be bid prior to
         November 7.  At such time each employee shall be permitted to bid on
         jobs within his classification and in his present





                                       15
<PAGE>   16
         seniority location.  In considering such bids, seniority will govern
         the choice of jobs; all changes to become effective the first pay
         period in December of each year.  The Company may at any time, as
         conditions warrant, change the number of employees in any
         classification on any shift.  Whenever any such change is made or any
         vacancy occurs on a shift the provisions of Article XVIII shall apply.
         It is not the intention of the parties that the present method of
         handling general bid will be changed by this provision.  The annual
         posting of jobs is only for the purpose of selecting shifts, days off
         and jobs within the classification and is not for the purpose of
         changing classifications.

17.7     (a) Except in cases of promotion due to sickness or other emergencies
             and after the completion of a ninety (90) day trial period, no
             employee above Working Foreman shall be scaled back to a lower
             classification regardless of whether or not his classification is
             in or out of the bargaining unit.

         (b) Employees covered by this Agreement who are transferred to
             supervisory positions in the Company's employ shall retain their
             seniority for a period of sixty (60) days.  If they do not return
             to the bargaining unit within sixty (60) days, they will forfeit
             all accrued seniority.

17.8     Employees who are furloughed from their home garage may, if they so
         notify the Company and keep with the Company a correct mailing
         address, be recalled for work in another garage covered by this
         Agreement, such notice shall be by Certified Mail to his home address.

17.9     The Company shall furnish all local divisions copies of all seniority
         rosters twice a year.

17.10    An employee being recalled from furlough shall have at least two (2)
         weeks notice prior to returning in order to give his employer proper
         notice of leaving.  The employee must return within fifteen (15) days
         after receipt of





                                       16
<PAGE>   17
         notice by Certified Mail or seniority will be forfeited and his
         employment terminated.  Employees will be given permission to reject
         recall without loss of seniority if sufficient employees are available
         within the classification.

                                 Article XVIII
                         POSTING NEW JOBS AND VACANCIES

18.0     All vacancies and new jobs will be posted on the bulletin board within
         five (5) days for a three (3) day period.  The senior qualified
         employee in the garage where the vacancy or new job occurs, bidding
         for same, shall be assigned to the job within five (5) days of the
         results of the bids are known.  Except for disqualification, the
         successful bidder will not be able to rebid his own vacancy for
         minimum of thirty (30) days.

18.1     An employee bidding on a vacancy or new job shall be given reasonable
         time in which to acquaint himself with and qualify to fill the
         position.  Thirty (30) days will be considered a reasonable length of
         time, except on general bid which will be fifteen (15) days.

18.2     Should the employee fail to qualify in filling the vacancy or new job,
         he will revert automatically to the job eventually left vacant as a
         result of his bidding on the job for which he failed to qualify, even
         though this vacancy may be on a different shift.

18.3     He will not be eligible to rebid on the job for which he failed to
         qualify for ninety (90) days.

18.4     An employee wishing to bid on a vacancy posted during his absence on
         vacation or leave of absence may do so upon his return, except for
         general bid.  An employee who will be on vacation during general bid
         shall leave his choices in writing with the Company.

18.5     If the Company deems it necessary to post the job of an employee on
         sick leave for thirty (30) calendar days or more, his job will be
         posted for bid temporarily.  He will return to work to his job upon
         termination of sick leave.  For the purposes of this paragraph,
         temporary





                                       17
<PAGE>   18
         is defined as until general bid or until the employee's return to work
         whichever is earlier.  The employee who bids a temporary opening will
         return to his old job it if still exists, otherwise, he will exercise
         his garage seniority, qualifications being sufficient.  An employee on
         sick leave will contact the shop Steward for his choice on general
         bid.  The Shop Steward will see that the Company is properly notified.

18.6     Shift changes of more than one (1) hour will be posted for rebids.

                                  Article XIX
                                LEAVE OF ABSENCE

19.0     An employee may, at his request, be granted a leave of not more than
         thirty (30) days without loss of seniority.

19.1     Upon written request, an employee may be granted leave of absence of
         thirty-one (31) days or more without loss of seniority, limited to a
         maximum of three (3) months cumulative in any calendar year.  The
         Company may, upon request, grant an additional leave of absence of not
         more than ninety (90) days during slack periods of work.

19.2     Leave of absence due to sickness will not be limited under this
         Article nor will seniority in such cases be affected, provided that a
         Company physician certifies to the necessity for such sick leave.
         However, such employee may be required to be examined by a designated
         physician at the request and expense of either party at the end of
         each ninety (90) days of absence from duty to substantiate illness.
         In the event an employee fails to make himself available for such
         examinations, or upon such examination is found to be fit for duty and
         fails to report immediately thereafter, his employment is terminated.

19.3     (a) The Company agrees upon written request that the officers of the
             Union, employees of the Company, shall be granted the necessary
             leaves of absence for Union business; provided reasonable notice
             shall be given.  The Union agrees that its members covered above
             will not abuse the rights set forth herein.





                                       18
<PAGE>   19
             

         (b) Employees of the Company being used in the service of the Union
             will, while in such service, retain and accumulate all seniority
             rights and benefits enjoyed by other employees.

         (c) No limitations as to the length of leave of absence will apply to
             an employee who is an officer of the Union or to a Union member
             accepting official position with the Union or International
             Association.

19.4     In order to retain his insurance, health benefits, and retirement
         annuity, the employee must arrange to pay all costs in connection with
         same during such leave.

19.5     An employee on leave of absence under provisions of this Article may
         accept employment elsewhere without loss of seniority except that they
         shall not accept employment with any other passenger motor carrier
         without written consent of the Company.

                                   Article XX
                              GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

20.0     A Shop Committee selected by the employees in each garage location,
         who are members of the Union and duly certified in writing to the
         Company, shall be recognized as having authority to handle all
         grievances with the Company that may arise pertaining to the rights of
         the employees and the interpretation of this Agreement.  No more than
         three (3) members of a Shop Committee shall participate at any one
         time in handling grievances with the Company.  The aggrieved employee
         will be present at all hearings if he so desires.

20.1     No employee will be discriminated against or intimidated in any way
         whatsoever for acting as Committeeman to represent members of the
         Union.

20.2     When it becomes necessary to discipline an employee, the supervisor
         will make a record thereof within five (5) days, furnishing one (1)
         copy to the Shop Committee and one (1) copy to the employee.  A Shop
         Steward may be present at the time the discipline is issued when
         request is made by the employee.




                                       19
<PAGE>   20
         

20.3     Grievances should be handled immediately during working hours, if
         possible, without loss of time to employees and in the following
         manner:

         (a) Employees believing they have a grievance shall report same to the
             Shop Steward within five (5) days, who, with the aggrieved
             employee or employees may take the matter up with the Company's
             designated representative within twenty (20) days an a hearing
             shall be held within fifteen (15) days and the Company shall
             render a decision within five (5) days, from the date of the
             conclusion of the meeting of the parties.  However, in the event a
             Company disciplinary form is issued, there will be no need to
             return such Company disciplinary form to the person issuing same.

         (b) Failing to settle the grievance at the above step, the Shop
             Committee or Union Representative may appeal the matter in writing
             to the Regional Manager of Maintenance within seven (7) days.  The
             Regional Manager of Maintenance or his designated representative,
             shall set a date for the hearing of the matter within seven (7)
             days of receipt of the appeal.  The Regional Manager of
             Maintenance, or his designated representative, shall render his
             decision in writing within five (5) days from the date of the
             conclusion of the hearing.

20.4     (a) In any of the steps on appeal hereinbefore provided for, if the
             transcript of the evidence introduced at the hearing is requested
             to be made by either party, arrangements shall be made by the
             party requesting such a transcript to be made.  If the transcript
             is made by a Company employee, a copy will be furnished the





                                       20
<PAGE>   21
             Union.  If the transcript is made by an outside person and a copy
             is requested by either party, the party requesting same will pay
             one-half (1/2) of the total cost of the transcript.

         (b) Discipline and discharge Cases - If, as a result of the
             investigation or upon appeal, the discipline or discharge is
             revised, the record of the employee will be corrected accordingly
             and in the event the employee is cleared, he well be paid for any
             loss of earnings in accordance with the decision rendered.  In the
             event the Company sets such investigation or hearing at a point
             other than the home garage of the employee involved, such employee
             will be allowed reasonable expenses for his travel and meals.

20.5     Arbitration - Failing to arrive at a settlement within twenty (20)
         days by procedure set forth in Paragraph 20.4 (b) above; either party
         may, in writing, request that the matter be referred to a Board of
         Arbitration to be selected in the following manner:

         (a) The party requesting arbitration will give written notice to the
             other party and in such notice will name its arbitrator.  The
             party receiving such notice will have six (6) days following the
             receipt thereof in which to appoint its arbitrator.  The two
             arbitrators thus selected will meet in not to exceed ten (10) days
             for the purpose of deciding the case.  If the two arbitrators are
             unable to reach an agreement within ten (10) days after their
             meeting, they will attempt to select a third arbitrator. If they
             fail to agree on his selection within ten (10) days thereafter,
             the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service will be requested
             to nominate five (5) persons to act as such third arbitrator.  The
             names of the five (5) nominees will be submitted





                                       21
<PAGE>   22
             first to the party requesting arbitration, who will strike the
             names of two (2) of the nominees and thereupon refer such list to
             the other party who will strike the names of two (2) of the
             remaining nominees, and the nominee whose name has been stricken
             will serve as the third arbitrator.

         (b) A record will be made of the proceedings and a stenographic
             transcript will be made of all testimony and evidence offered.
             The parties will be given a full opportunity to present the case.

         (c) If the dispute involves interpretation of the Agreement, place for
             the hearing shall be agreed upon by the parties, failing to agree,
             at the point where the original grievance arose.

         (d) If the dispute involves discipline or discharge of any employee,
             the place for arbitration shall be in the city in which the
             Division Office is located wherein the matter to be arbitrated
             arose.

         (e) The Board so constituted shall weigh all the evidence and
             arguments on the points in dispute and the written decision of the
             majority of the members of the Board of Arbitration, based upon
             the record before them,  shall be final and binding upon the
             parties thereto.  The parties hereto shall each pay the arbitrator
             of their own selection.  They shall jointly pay the third
             arbitrator and his expenses together with the cost of reporter fee
             and transcript.  In case the hearing is held at a place other then
             the Company office, the cost thereof shall be borne equally.  Each
             party will take care of all other expenses incurred by them,
             including witness fee and expenses for witnesses called by them.
             The Board of Arbitration shall not have the authority to change,
             modify, or amend the provisions of this agreement.




                                       22
<PAGE>   23
             

         (f) The neutral arbitrator shall render his decision within ten (10)
             days of receipt of briefs from the parties.

20.6     Extension of Time - Forfeiture of the Case - In the event additional
         time is required to handle grievances properly under this Article, an
         additional fifteen (15) days will be automatically granted on any step
         if requested in writing; additional time may be granted by mutual
         agreement between the parties.

         It is understood that if either party fails to meet the time limits
         specified in this Article, they will forfeit the case and such
         forfeiture will not decide the merits or establish a precedent in the
         matter.

20.7     In connection with the provisions of the Article, it is understood
         that all time limits established shall exclude Saturdays and Sundays.

20.8     A grievance processed through the steps will be heard by progressively
         higher Company officials at each step.

20.9     In all cases where written notices are required under the provisions
         of this Article, the deposit of such notice in U.S. Mail shall
         constitute due notice.

20.10    All differences, disputes and grievances between the parties arising
         out of or by virtue of the within collective labor agreement shall, by
         request of either party in writing, be disposed of under the machinery
         provided for in this Article, but the express terms of this Agreement
         shall not be changed except by written agreement between the parties.

20.11    In cases involving the interpretation of the Agreement only, the first
         step shall be with the President of the Company, or his designated
         representative, and from there on follow the Grievance Procedure as
         above set out.





                                       23
<PAGE>   24
20.12    In case the Company is aggrieved, it shall file written notice with an
         official of the Union, and if the grievance cannot be satisfactorily
         disposed of by the President of the Company, or his designated
         representative, and the Official of the Union; the grievance shall
         then be handled in the manner above set out, starting with the call of
         a Grand Lodge Representative to join the proceeding.

20.13    Nothing in this Article shall be deemed to prevent an individual
         employee from discussing his working conditions with his supervisor.
         After a grievance has been filed through the Grievance Committee,
         management acknowledges the right of a member of the Grievance
         Committee, or Steward to be present during any discussion of the
         grievance with the person who filed the grievance.

20.14    When an employee reports for work at his regular shift time and is
         issued discipline for an act which occurred on a prior day, the
         discipline will not commence until the following day, except in cases
         of discharge.

20.15    Prior to arbitration the Automotive Coordinator, or his designee will
         meet with the Company's Labor Relations representative, or his
         designee with the authority to resolve the dispute.

                                  Article XXI
                              STRIKES AND LOCKOUTS

21.0     NO STRIKE, LOCKOUT - There shall be no lockouts by the company, and
         there shall be no strikes or other work stoppages of any variety
         called by the Union, for the duration of this Agreement.

         Where a labor dispute arises with another Union recognized by the
         Company and a legal picket line is established at or around a Company
         terminal, garage or other facility, our employees, who are members of
         the International Association of Machinists, will be permitted to
         honor such a legal picket line only at the facility where work of the
         other Union local is or was being performed at the time of the dispute
         as a regular job or bid shift.





                                       24
<PAGE>   25
                                  Article XXII
                                MILITARY SERVICE

22.0     Employees serving in the armed forces of the United States shall
         retain their seniority and, upon their return, if physically
         qualified, will be reinstated to their old jobs within the same
         classification they were in before leaving, but at the rate of pay
         within such classifications to which they would have been entitled had
         they not entered the armed services.  It is further agreed that
         nothing herein shall be construed to deny to any employee serving in
         the armed forces or who has served in the armed forces, any rights to
         which he is entitled under the Selective Service and Training Act or
         any other applicable statue.

                                 Article XXIII
                                    VACATION

23.0     Wishing to encourage employees to remain in its service, the Company
         agrees to the following vacations with pay at his regular rate:

         (a) Employees who complete one (1) year but less than fifteen (15)
             years of continuous employment shall be granted a vacation of two
             (2) weeks with pay.

         (b) Employees who complete fifteen (15) years but less than
             twenty-five (25) years of continuous employment shall be granted a
             vacation of three (3) weeks with pay.

         (c) Employees who complete twenty-five (25) years of continuous
             service shall be granted a vacation of four (4) weeks with pay.

         (d) Employees who complete twenty-seven (27) years of continuous
             service or more shall be granted a vacation of five (5) weeks with
             pay, effective with the 1997 vacation bid.

         "Week," as used herein, shall mean forty (40) hours.





                                       25
<PAGE>   26
23.1     The General Bid and Vacation Bid will be simultaneously conducted and
         the employee will bid vacation immediately upon selecting his work
         shift.

         Vacations will be bid on the basis of garage seniority within each
         classification.

23.2     The date of employment of each employee will govern in computing years
         of service under this Article and no vacation shall be considered
         earned until the employee has competed his full years service.
         Employees who become entitled to vacation may take their vacation only
         after they have completed their first full year of service.
         Thereafter, employees who become entitled to a vacation in each
         succeeding calendar year will take their vacations with pay at any
         time between January 1 and December 31.  However, any employee who
         takes his vacation prior to the completion of his full service year
         and who leaves the employ of the Company for any reason before
         completing his service shall have deducted from his pay any vacation
         pay unearned within the calendar year.  All vacation days shall run
         consecutively and at least nine (9) months shall elapse between
         vacations for each employee except that; 1) employees who are entitled
         to vacation of (10) or more days will be permitted to take their
         vacations in not to exceed two (2) periods; 2) employees entitled to
         fifteen (15) days may take their vacation in three (3) periods; and 3)
         employees entitled to twenty (20) days may take their vacation in four
         (4) periods.  Vacations may not be accumulated from year to year.  It
         is understood that the Company maintains the right to designate how
         many employees from each location, department and classification may
         be on vacation at any one time.  An employee may schedule his vacation
         to start or end with his scheduled off days and at his election, may
         take his off days as part of his paid vacation.

23.3     Employees leaving the Company's service and not having received their
         entire earned vacation allowance will receive the amount of vacation
         pay which they are entitled at the rate of one-twelfth (1/12) for each
         month worked since their last anniversary date.





                                       26
<PAGE>   27
23.4     The above vacation allowance shall be reduced one-twelfth (1/12) for
         each thirty (30) day's absence due to leave of absence or furlough and
         will be further proportionately reduced for each ten (10) days
         additional period of such absence.

23.5     Employees who have a bona fide illness, where such illness exceeds one
         hundred and eighty (180) days in any anniversary year, will have the
         time in excess of one hundred and eighty (180) days deducted from
         their vacation allowance.  An employee must return to work after
         illness before another one hundred and eighty (180) days will be
         allowed.

23.6     In the event an employee is terminated, his vacation period will be
         posted for bid, time permitting.  It is understood that any vacation
         period vacated as a result of this will not be reposted.

                                  Article XXIV
                                     PASSES

24.0 (a) Employees who have passed their probationary period will be
         supplied with an annual pass over the lines of the Company.
         
     (b) Spouses of employees shall be granted an annual pass over the
         lines of the Company on the same basis as the employee, except
         spouses' passes shall not be good for transportation in
         commutation service.
         
     (c) Retired and physically disqualified employees with ten (10) or
         more years of accumulated service and their spouses will, upon
         request, be granted an annual pass over the lines of the Company.
         
     (d) An employee shall be granted twelve (12) round trip passes per
         year over the lines of the Company for each member of his
         immediate family who is the employee's dependent.
         
     (e) Spouses of deceased employees and deceased retired employees with
         ten (10) or more years of accumulated service shall be granted,
         upon request, an annual pass and





                                       27
<PAGE>   28
         their dependent children four (4) trip passes over the lines of
         the Company, until such time as the spouse remarries.

     (f) It is understood that passes are subject to load capacity at all
         times.  In no event shall a pass rider occupy a seat to the
         exclusion of a pay passenger.

     (g) In emergencies, passes will be issued by the employee's Regional
         Office, otherwise by the Headquarters Office.

                                  Article XXV
                               HEALTH AND WELFARE

25.0 (a) Employees currently in the Amalgamated Council of Greyhound Local
         Unions pension plan will remain in such plan and in addition the
         Company, effective October 1, 1996, will contribute on behalf of
         those employees twenty-five dollars ($25.00) per month for the
         life of the contract for regular full-time employees to the
         Automotive Industries Plan.

     (b) Effective October 1, 1996, the employer will make a maximum
         combined contribution to the health and welfare and pension funds
         of $495.00 per month per regular full-time employees.  Said
         contributions will be increased to $535.00 per month on October 1,
         1997 and to $575.00 per month on October 1, 1998.

     (c) For those employees in (a) above, the contributions in (b) will be
         used for health and welfare premiums only.

     (d) For all other employees, the contributions will be used for both
         Health and Welfare and Pension contributions.

     (e) The health and welfare benefit plans will be determined by the
         Union and the Union will notify the Company where to send the
         required payments.

     (f) The employer agrees to accept the provisions of the various Trust
         Agreements and agrees to sign and be bound by the terms of said
         Agreements.





                                       28
<PAGE>   29
                                  Article XXVI
                                   SICK LEAVE

26.0     Sick leave will be paid in accordance herewith in cases of both injury
         and illness subject to the exclusion set out below.

26.1     Eligibility of Employees - All employees who have competed one (1)
         year of service according to the system seniority roster shall be
         eligible for benefits under this plan.

         If claims arising under Workmen's Compensation are not fully
         determined, then such sick leave claims shall be paid during the
         pendency of such claims.  Should such claims eventually be allowed
         under Workmen's Compensation, then the employee shall refund that
         portion of sick leave benefits paid by the Company.  the Company shall
         have the option of determining the most expeditious methods of
         recovering such monies.

         In the event the employee terminates his employment with the Company
         without returning to work, such sick leave claims will be honored when
         his rights under the Workmen's Compensation Act have been fully
         determined.  Sick leave will be paid in accordance with the provision
         of this section in cases of both injury and illness, provided,
         however, that in the case of sick leave is claimed for a day on which
         compensation is paid under any present or future State or Federal
         Compensation Act then only the difference between the sick leave
         allowance and the amount paid under such Compensation Act will be
         allowed.  In such event the payment so made will be considered as
         payment for a full day of sick leave under the terms of the contract.
         Payments of sick leave will be made as expeditiously as possible,
         bearing in mind that the Company must be sure at all times that
         duplicate payments are not made.

26.2     Exclusions - No employees shall receive benefits under this plan whose
         sickness is caused by venereal diseases, drug addiction, intoxication
         or any injury which may be the result of any intoxication by alcohol
         or drug addiction or any condition occurring or resulting while
         violating criminal laws.





                                       29
<PAGE>   30
26.3     Waiting Period - No employee shall receive benefits under this plan
         because of being off work on account of sickness for three consecutive
         days.  No benefits shall be paid for time lost during the waiting
         period.  Days which are paid for at the overtime rate shall not be
         considered regular work days.  In the event an employee is
         hospitalized during the three (3) day waiting period, sick benefits
         shall commence as of the first day of hospitalization.

26.4     Sickness while on Vacation - No employee shall be entitled to receive
         benefits under this plan for any time lost by reason of sickness while
         on vacation.  However, if any employee should become sick while on
         vacation, the three (3) day waiting period can apply during vacation
         period.

26.5     Rate and Time of Benefits - Maintenance employees as covered by this
         Agreement having one (1) year of service according to system seniority
         roster, shall be eligible for sick leave for each assigned work day
         off not in excess of five (5) days per year.  A work day shall be at
         the regular hourly rate for the number of hours of the employee's
         regular shift on the day missed.

26.6     An employee after having exhausted his or her sick leave in their
         service year, including their accumulated sick leave, will not be
         entitled to sick leave the succeeding service year unless they
         performed service for the Company in that year.  In the event in the
         succeeding service year previously referred to, the sickness occurs
         prior to the employee performing service for the Company in that year,
         payment of such sick leave will not be made until after the employee
         performs such service.

26.7     An employee may accumulate one-half (1/2) of his unused sick leave
         toward increasing the period of sick leave to which he is entitled, up
         to an additional four (4) weeks of sick leave.  All employees shall be
         permitted to carryover all sick leave accumulated and outstanding with
         Greyhound Lines, Inc. as of March 18, 1987.





                                       30
<PAGE>   31
26.8     The determination of accumulation of sick leave provided for above
         shall be on the service date of an employee beginning with employee's
         first service date falling after November 1, 1962.  This same
         procedure shall be done after November 1 of any subsequent year.

26.9     All sick leave provisions mentioned above to be changed where
         necessary so as to provide that sick leave shall be received on a
         service date basis in all departments.  As stated above, employees
         shall also accumulate sick leave on a service date basis.  Service
         date, as here used, shall mean seniority date.

26.10    Evidence of Disability - In order to receive benefits under this plan
         the employee shall submit to the Company medical evidence of his
         disability from a bona fide licensed medical doctor, or other
         satisfactory evidence, and if requested, on forms to be provided by
         the Company.  The expense of this medical evidence shall not be borne
         by the Company.

26.11    Company at its option may require a special examination of employee by
         a doctor to be designated by the Company.  This shall be without cost
         to the employee.  Notification of absence on account of sickness shall
         be given to the employee's immediate Supervisor when possible on the
         first day of absence.  Application for sick leave benefits shall be
         filed with the proper supervisor of the Company within five (5) days
         after return of the employee to duty.

26.12    Employee Responsibility - Any employee found to have abused the
         sickness benefit privilege by falsification or misrepresentation shall
         thereupon be subject to disciplinary action and reduction or
         elimination of sickness benefits, and shall further restore to the
         Company amounts paid to him for period of such absence.

26.13    Local management will furnish proper sick leave forms to employees
         when requested.

         Payment of sick leave will be made as expeditiously as possible
         bearing in mind that the company must be sure at all times that
         duplicate payments are not made.  If the sick leave to which an
         employee is entitled is not





                                       31
<PAGE>   32
         paid in the pay period in which due, through no fault of the employee,
         payment of sick leave will be by separate check, if requested.

                                 Article XXVII
                                     401(k)

27.0     Employees will be permitted to participate in the Greyhound Lines,
         Inc. Cash or Deferred Retirement Plan for represented employees, with
         the understanding that the Company is not obligated to make any
         matching contributions on behalf of such employees.  The Union agrees
         to accept and abide by the terms of the Plan and the related Trust and
         the Union agrees to waive its right to participate in any discussions
         regarding the administration, amendment or termination of the Plan and
         the related Trust.

                                 Article XXVIII
                                 BULLETIN BOARD

28.0     The Union will be granted the use of a separate bulletin board in each
         garage only for purpose of posting notices.

                                  Article XXIX
                                   JURY DUTY

29.0     Employees excused from work for jury duty will be allowed the
         difference between the compensation they would have earned had they
         remained on their assignment and the daily amount paid for jury duty.

29.1     Employees covered hereunder shall report back for work when released
         if by so reporting they could still perform duties during their
         regular assignment.  Employees from the second and third shift will
         be, if they request, temporarily assigned to the first shift when
         requested to appear in Court or Jury Duty.  Such assignment will be
         the day before such appearance is scheduled.

                                  Article XXX
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

30.0     All maintenance work regularly taken care of in a Company garage shall
         be done by employees of the Maintenance Department, as will also the





                                       32
<PAGE>   33
         transportation of motors or parts, wherever practical when done by
         Company trucks.  Supervisory employees shall not be permitted to do
         any work performed by employees covered by this Agreement.

30.1 (a) It is recognized that garage employees have the right to follow
         their work from one Company garage to another Greyhound garage.
         In exercising this right it is understood when the work is
         transferred from one Company garage to another Greyhound garage,
         the number of employees eligible for transfer will be determined
         by the work requirements at the new location.

     (b) Employees with five (5) or more years of seniority as of December
         16, 1968, will, except in cases of discharge for cause, be
         guaranteed employment at a garage of the Company for the life of
         the Agreement.  It is understood that employment is not guaranteed
         at any specific garage and it may require the employee to move in
         order to have this guarantee available.  This guarantee will be
         reviewed by the parties in the event that there is any major
         change in the miles operated during this same period in previous
         years.

     (c) The Company agrees that for the duration of the labor agreement,
         that it will not layoff (furlough) journeymen mechanics at the
         Miami garage who were hired prior to January 1, 1993.

30.2     The Company will provide adequate lockers for all employees and will
         keep them in good condition.

30.3     All defect cards will be signed by the Foreman or Working Foreman.  The
         employees will be held responsible for the workmanship for all work
         which they have signed for as having completed.

30.4     The Company will make available for issue overshoes or boots for use by
         employees on the wash and steam pits, and work gloves for the
         Partsmen's use in handling heavy units.  Replacements will not be
         issued until the old equipment has been returned.





                                       33
<PAGE>   34
30.5     At the termination of service with the Company, an employee,
         upon request, will be given promptly a letter showing his term of
         service and the capacity in which employed.

30.6     Disciplinary action charged on the personnel record of an employee
         shall be physically removed after a period of two (2) years from date
         in the event no similar disciplinary action has been charged to such
         record.

30.7     Flashlights, batteries, and rubber gloves will be furnished on a
         custody receipt to those employees whose work requires such equipment.
         Employees will be required to turn in used or worn out flashlights,
         batteries, and rubber gloves to the stockroom and/or toolroom before
         securing replacements.  When leaving the employ of the Company,
         equipment will be returned or paid for, reasonable wear and tear
         excepted.

30.8     Maintenance employees shall be furnished each year, five (5) sets of
         coveralls by the Company.

         An employee may elect a jacket, with liner, in lieu of the fifth
         uniform.  The company will select a jacket to be used.  The employee
         will bear the cost, if any, of the difference between the jacket and
         the uniform.

         Employees at service islands will have the option to substitute
         insulated coveralls for one set of uniforms.

         The Company will work with the Union to insure a safe workplace and the
         Company shall furnish all maintenance employees, when exposed to foul
         weather proper foul weather gear which shall consist of rainsuits and
         individual boots where the shoeless type is used.

30.9     In the event employees are moved by the Company from one garage to
         another on account of work being moved to that particular garage,
         financial assistance will be allowed to married employees in the amount
         of $300.00 and unmarried employees in the amount of $150.00, such
         amount to be payable at the time the employee reports for work at the
         new location.  In addition, the employees so moved will be





                                       34
<PAGE>   35
         allowed up to five (5) working days (40) hours loss of earnings in
         effecting their relocation.  Such employees shall report for work at
         the new location upon the completion of the five (5) days referred to
         above.

30.10    Employees will receive up to three (3) days paid leave per occurrence
         for loss of a parent, spouse or child.  Pay will only be for scheduled
         time missed.  The Company reserves the right to request written proof.

30.11    When new employees are required by the Company, disabled employees and
         employees who have been furloughed due to lack of work and who are
         applicants for employment, shall be given preference in employment over
         new outside applicants, if qualified to perform the available work.
         Such employees, employed in other departments, upon becoming physically
         qualified in the case of disability and upon work becoming available in
         their own department in the case of furloughed employees shall be
         required. to make a choice between continuing in their new work or
         returning to their old work.

30.12    The Company agrees to notify the Union by forms prepared covering the
          employment, classification, discharge, resignation, transfer, and
         layoff of each employee who is covered by the terms of this Agreement
         within forty-eight (48) hours where possible.

30.13    The tool storage areas will be locked except during shift changes when
         employees are removing or returning their tool boxes.

30.14    An employee involved in an accident while engaged in the performance of
         his assigned duties with the Company shall promptly be furnished bond
         by the Company, when such is required.  Any employee shall also have
         the legal assistance of the Company in any legal proceedings brought
         jointly against the employee and the Company, or brought against the
         employee as a result of carrying out specific orders of the Company.

30.15    For the purpose of this contract the terms "Garage Seniority" or "Work
         Location Seniority" are synonymous.





                                       35
<PAGE>   36
30.16    The Company will continue its present practice of supplying certain
         tools, which will be properly maintained by the Company.

30.17    Each employee shall be allowed two (2) rest periods of ten (10) minutes
         each during his tour of duty for which the Company will prescribe the
         time that such rest shall be taken.  One rest shall be during the first
         half of the tour of duty and the second will be during the second half
         of said tour of duty.  There shall be no abuse of this privilege by the
         employee.

                                  Article XXXI
                                HEALTH & SAFETY

31.0     A safety committee will be maintained in accordance with OSHA
         regulations.

31.1     The Company shall maintain a fully equipped first aid kit in all shops.

31.2     Employees will not allow greasy clothes, gloves, rags, waste, or
         anything of that nature to accumulate in their lockers.

31.3     The Company agrees that it will not create an unnecessary burden upon
         any employee by requiring him to do heavy work alone.

31.4     Employees slightly injured while at work yet needing medical attention
         will be allowed time to secure such attention without loss of pay on
         that day provided he returns to work immediately.  Transportation will
         also be furnished.  If employee is required to report for further
         treatment during working hours, he shall receive time lost for such
         treatment.

31.5     All Company garages will be properly heated, ventilated, and kept in a
         sanitary condition for the comfort of the employees.

31.6     Employees will not be unduly exposed to paint from spray guns and those
         operating same will be furnished proper protection for eyes and lungs.
         However, this is not intended to prevent small paint jobs from being
         done within the shops and garages.





                                       36
<PAGE>   37
31.7     The Company with the cooperation of the employees, will keep all
         machinery and tools in a safe and proper condition.

31.8     Proper shields will be provided to protect employees from the rays of
         electric welders.  The Company will provide exhaust adapters to be used
         in controlling exhaust fumes.

31.9     Welders will be furnished hoods and goggles to protect their eyes and
         glasses.  A pair of welding gloves and welding jacket will be furnished
         for the use of employees who occasionally weld.

31.10    The parties will meet once each year, between September 1 and December
         1, to discuss matters of general interest to the parties.

31.11    Employees who witness or are involved in an accident while on duty, and
         as a result are required to make a report of the same to the Company
         and who are later required to attend court or an inquest by subpoena,
         or employees who at the direction of the Company are required to attend
         court, and inquest or an investigation called by the Company attorney,
         or employees who are subpoenaed and are required to attend court or an
         inquest as a result of an action arising out of carrying out the
         specific orders of the Company, shall be paid on the following basis:
         Their regular rate of pay for all such time which in no event shall be
         less than the amount of actual time lost plus reimbursement for any
         expenses incurred while making such appearance.  Employees will not be
         required to report for duty for any portion of their shift on the day
         of making such appearance when such appearance occurs during their
         shift.  If an employee would not be able to get reasonable rest before
         the start of his shift he will not be required to report for work on
         such shift.  The reverse shall apply where the employee by working his
         shift would not receive reasonable rest before his required appearance
         in court.  If, however, the employee is already on his shift at time of
         notice to appear he will continue with his shift.





                                       37
<PAGE>   38
         Employees will be paid for all time so spent at their hourly rate with
         a minimum of eight (8) hours.

         When court, inquest or investigation is held at a point other than the
         employee's home terminal, he/she shall be provided with transportation
         and reasonable expenses.

         Witness fees will be returned to the Company.

         If the above occurs while on vacation, this will be in addition to
         vacation pay.

                                 Article XXXII
                                    DURATION

32.0     This Agreement shall be in effect from October 1, 1996, until and
         including October, 1 1999, and shall remain in effect from year to year
         thereafter unless changed or terminated as herein provided.

         Either party desiring to make any changes or modifications in this
         Agreement to become effective at the end of the initial term or any
         annual extension thereof, or desiring to terminate this Agreement at
         the expiration thereof, shall notify the other party in writing of its
         desire either to enter into negotiations for the purpose of making
         changes or modifications herein or of its desire to terminate the
         Agreement at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the
         initial term or any extension hereof.  In the event that any change or
         modification so requested by either party is not mutually agreed upon
         prior to the expiration date of this Agreement or any renewal thereof,
         the Agreement shall terminate at such expiration date unless the same
         shall be extended by mutual consent.  After receipt of notification
         requesting changes or modifications in the Agreement, the parties agree
         to set a mutually satisfactory date to meet and discuss same.

         The foregoing is the complete collective bargaining Agreement entered
         into by and on behalf of the parties signatory hereto indisputable
         errors and/or omissions accepted.





                                       38
<PAGE>   39


Signed this              Day of                  , 1996.
            ------------        -----------------


GREYHOUND LINES, INC.             INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF
                                  MACHINISTS AND AEROSPACE
                                  WORKERS

BY: /s/ J. FLOYD HOLLAND          BY: /s/ MERRILL FROST       
    -------------------------         ------------------------

BY: /s/ BOB TANCOS                BY: /s/ ILLEGIBLE              
    -------------------------         ------------------------

BY:                           
    -------------------------




                                       39
<PAGE>   40
                      [GREYHOUND LINES, INC. LETTERHEAD]




                                                        October 8, 1996





Mr. Merrill Frost
Automotive Coordinator
I.A.M.
9000 Machinists Place
Upper Marlboro, Maryland  20772-2687

Dear Mr. Frost:

        During contract negotiation, the parties discussed the alcohol policy
as outlined in rule 12 of the Maintenance Rule Book.

        Effective with the ratification of a new labor agreement, the Company
agrees to change the existing rule by deleting the last paragraph and
substituting the following:


              "An employee who is in violation of this rule will
              be terminated, however he will be reinstated upon
              completion of an approved rehabilitation program,
              provided he applies for reinstatement within sixty
              (60) days from date of discharge.  Such employee
              will be subject to random testing for a period of
              one (1) year from date of reinstatement.  The
              Company will pay for such testing.  A second
              violation of this rule will result in termination.

        Please confirm your understanding and acceptance of the above.

                                           Very truly yours,



                                           /s/ BOB TANCOS

                                           Bob Tancos
                                           Senior Director, Industrial Relations


Agreed:  /s/ MERRILL FROST
       -----------------------------
       Merrill Frost    10-9-96




<PAGE>   41
                           LETTER OF UNDERSTANDING


RE:  TRAINING - APPLIES TO ALL I.A.M. LOCATIONS

The Company and the Union are committed to enhancing the skills of employees. It
is the intent of the parties that the Company will provide and the employees
will participate in training.

Not withstanding any language in the various labor agreements, it is agreed
that an employee's shift and/or days off may be changed to allow them to attend
training sessions. If such a change is made, the employee will be notified of
such change at least fourteen (14) days prior to the change.

If a change is made to an employee;s shift and/or day off, the employee will be
paid at his regular straight time hourly rate for the time necessary to attend
such training.

/s/ RICHARD M. COTE 10/9/96               /s/ ROBERT J. TANCOS 10/0/96
- -------------------------------------     --------------------------------------
For the Union:                            For the Company:

/s/ LARRY A SMITH                         /s/ J. FLOYD HOLLAND 10/9/96
- -------------------------------------     --------------------------------------

/s/ MERRILL FROST 10/9/96                 /s/ ILLEGIBLE 10/9/96
- -------------------------------------     --------------------------------------

/s/ MICHAEL L. DAY 10/9/96                /s/ ILLEGIBLE 10/9/96
- -------------------------------------     --------------------------------------

/s/ ILLEGIBLE
- -------------------------------------     

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15




                                   AGREEMENT


                                    between


                             GREYHOUND LINES, INC.
                             ---------------------

                                    and the


                    INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF MACHINISTS
                    ---------------------------------------

                                      and

                               AEROSPACE WORKERS
                               -----------------

                                    covering


                              Garage Employees At


                                 Dallas, Texas
                                 Houston, Texas
                             Kansas City, Missouri
                               San Antonio, Texas
                               Brownsville, Texas
                            Grand Junction, Colorado




                            Expires October 1, 1999





                                       1
<PAGE>   2
                               A G R E E M E N T

                                    between

                             GREYHOUND LINES, INC.

                                      and

                          INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF
                        MACHINISTS AND AEROSPACE WORKERS


MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT -- This Agreement, effective October 1, 1996 and
expiring October 1, 1999, is entered into by and between Greyhound Lines, Inc.
and its successors and assigns, hereinafter called the "Company", and the
International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, hereinafter
called the "Union".  The parties recognize that the assets of Greyhound Lines,
Inc. are under new ownership.  No contract language, award, adjustment,
interpretation letter, practice, or right agreed to between the Union and the
previous owners, or made binding between them through arbitration or otherwise,
shall remain in effect unless expressly agreed to herein, or as later agreed by
the parties.  This Agreement may be modified only by formal amendment signed by
the parties.

The titles used in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not
to be considered as a part of this operative language.

As used herein, whenever "he" or "his" or their related pronouns appear, they
have been used for literary purposes and are meant in their generic sense to
include both female and male sexes.

If the Company, or any portion thereof, is sold, there shall be included in the
documents relating to such a sale a requirement that the purchaser accept and
be bound by this Agreement and all its terms for the duration of this
Agreement.

                                P R E A M B L E

The welfare of the Company and its employees is dependent largely upon the
service which the Company renders to the public.  Improvement in this service
and economy in operating and maintenance expenses are promoted by willing
cooperation between the management and the voluntary organizations of its
employees.  When the groups responsible for better service and greater
efficiency share fairly in the benefits which follow their joint efforts,
improvements in the conduct and efficiency of the Company's business are
greatly encouraged.  The Parties to this Agreement recognize the foregoing
principles and agree to be governed by them in their relations.





                                       2
<PAGE>   3
                                   ARTICLE I
                               UNION RECOGNITION

SECTION 1. - The Company recognizes the International Association of Machinists
and Aerospace Workers, A.F.L. - C.I.O.  as the exclusive, authorized
representative for the purpose of collective bargaining with respect to wages,
rates of pay, hours of employment and other conditions of employment of all
employees covered by this Agreement.

SECTION 2. - This Agreement covers and is limited to the Employees in the
following classifications who are employed in the bargaining unit for which the
Union is the certified Bargaining Agent, which embraces and is confined to the
shops in the garages owned by the Company in the following locations:  Dallas,
Texas; Houston, Texas; and Kansas City, Missouri; San Antonio, Texas;
Brownsville, Texas; and Grand Junction, Colorado.

                                   - Working Foremen
                                   - Journeymen
                                   - Apprentices
                                   - Partsmen
                                   - Coach Servicers

Employees not regularly assigned to work in the above classifications will not
be permitted to perform work in any of the above classifications where Company
Shops are maintained, except that the Company may assign employees as they may
desire to the taking of inventory.

                                   ARTICLE II
                          MANNING OF MAINTENANCE WORK

It will be the Company's policy to have Maintenance work historically performed
in its garages on Company operated vehicles continue to be performed at Company
garages, however, in cases of road failure, the Company may have emergency
temporary repairs made in order to operate the bus to a Company facility for
repairs.  Notwithstanding this provision or any other provision of this
contract, if a service worker changes classifications or leaves the employ of
the Company, the Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to have
the service work of that employee performed through subcontracting or through
the hiring of part-time employees not subject to this Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE III
                                 JOB DEFINITION

SECTION I. - Except as hereinafter provided, Working Foremen, for the purpose
of this Agreement, are those employees who are assigned by the Company to work
at the point where and in the classification in which employed, with authority
to direct the work of other





                                       3
<PAGE>   4
employees on the same shift, but without authority to hire or discharge.
Working Foremen are appointed by the Company and the work schedule and days off
of working foremen will be assigned by the Company.  Working Foremen will not
come under the provisions of Article III, Sections 1, 2, 3, and 4.

At small Shop points, where five (5) or less Journeymen, including the Working
Foreman, are regularly employed, the Working Foreman may be assigned from any
point and such Working Foreman, at such small Shop points, shall have such
supervisory duties and authority as may be delegated by the Company.

Working Foremen shall retain their seniority positions in the respective
classifications and shall be subject to the provisions of Article IV, Section
2, in the reduction and restoration of forces.

Journeymen are those skilled craftsmen who have learned their trade through the
completion of a recognized apprenticeship or equivalent training and experience
and who are capable of performing the work requirements of the Company.

Apprentices are those employees primarily engaged in learning the trade of the
Journeyman Mechanic through working under the supervision of a Journeyman
Mechanic and also working as needed as a Greaser and Fueler.

Partsmens' duties consist of receiving, shipping and dispensing of Maintenance
Department parts and materials, stock inventories, stock room clerical work,
tool room attending, and such other duties incidental to the orderly and proper
handling of Maintenance parts, materials and tools, including the dismantling
of junk parts.

The primary duties of Coach Servicers shall be:

                                   - Steam Cleaning
                                   - Shop Cleaning
                                   - Washing and Fueling
                                   - Hostling
                                   - Parts Cleaning
                                   - Interior Special Cleaning of Coaches
                                   - Interior Regular Cleaning of Coaches.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   SENIORITY

SECTION 1. - Seniority of employees covered by this Agreement shall be confined
to the point where and to the classification in which employed, except as
hereinafter provided.





                                       4
<PAGE>   5
SECTION 2. - When it becomes necessary to reduce the forces in any
classification at any shop, excepting the Apprentice classification, master
seniority at that point shall govern, the employee affected to take the rate
and assigned hours of the job to which assigned.  In reduction of force in the
Apprentice classification at any Shop, length of service in that classification
at that Shop shall govern.  Seven (7) working days notice shall be given the
employee affected before the reduction is made, and layoffs on account of force
reduction shall be made effective upon the completion of the work week of the
laid-off employees, provided however that this provision shall not be effective
if the force reduction is because of strikes, picketing or circumstances beyond
the control of the Company.  Employees laid off as a result of force reduction,
who desire to remain in the service of the Company, will supply the Vice-
President/Maintenance and the Shop Committee with their addresses and will
immediately advise them, in writing, concerning any changes in "address".

In the restoration of forces in a classification, at any point, the furloughed
employees in that classification, at that point, will be recalled in the
reverse order in which they were laid off provided, however, that employees who
have been on layoff status continuously for three (3) years shall no longer be
entitled to recall.

The Company will notify each employee recalled by registered United States mail
or by telegraph.  Copy of such recall notice will be given to the Shop
Committee.  An employee receiving recall notice shall, within twenty-four (24)
hours from receipt of such notice, advise the Company by registered United
States mail or telegraph of acceptance or rejection of recall and the time of
reporting.  Employees recalled to service at their home points shall, within
fifteen (15) days following receipt of notice, report for duty or arrange for a
leave of absence as provided in Article XXI hereof.

While forces are reduced, if employees are needed at another point, furloughed
employees in the classification in which employees are needed shall be given
preference, in order of seniority, to transfer to such point with the privilege
of returning to home point when forces are permanently increased at home point,
such transfer to be made without expense to the Company.  Failure to accept the
first opportunity to return to his home point on a permanent job shall forfeit
all previous home point seniority at that point and new home point seniority
shall be established at the point to which he transferred as of the first day
worked at that point.  Furloughed employees offered employment at an outside
point shall advise the Company of acceptance of the job within twenty-four (24)
hours "after" receipt of notice; otherwise, the next eligible employee shall be
notified.  The Company notice shall state the time the employee will be
required to report for work if he accepts the position.





                                       5
<PAGE>   6
SECTION 3. - When an employee is displaced, he shall exercise his master
seniority in placing himself in his classification at that point.  If a
displaced employee, by reason of lack of seniority, cannot place himself at his
home point, he may displace the youngest employee having lesser master
seniority in his classification at another point of his designation, on the
condition that he shall, within seventy-two (72) hours, pursuant to the receipt
of notice by him of his displacement, give written notice to the official in
charge and to the Shop Committee at the point of his designation.

Failure to accept the first opportunity to return to his home point on a
permanent job shall forfeit all previous home point seniority at that point and
new home point seniority shall be established at the point to which he
transferred as of the first day worked at that point.

An employee whose job is discontinued shall be given not less than three (3)
days written notice thereof.

"Permanent jobs" as used in this Article shall mean and include jobs known to
be of sixty (60) days or more duration.

SECTION 4. - Employees who transfer under the provisions of Sections 2 and 3 of
this Article will carry seniority with them and may exercise same at point to
which transferred prior to such time as a permanent vacancy occurs at home
point.

SECTION 5. - Employees in the same classification, but in different Shops, may
trade jobs if such trade is mutually agreed to by the Company and the Union.
Both employees shall have seniority equal to that of the employee having the
least seniority.

SECTION 6. - Employees covered by this Agreement who are transferred to
supervisory positions in the Company's employ shall retain their seniority for
a period of sixty (60) days.  If they do not return to the bargaining unit
within sixty (60) days, they will forfeit all accrued seniority.  An employee
who transfers from a job not covered to one that is covered by this agreement
shall establish seniority as a new employee.

SECTION 7. - In the event of the acquisition of any additional lines by the
Company, Maintenance Department employees of such lines performing work covered
by this Agreement who are taken into employment by the Company shall come under
this Agreement.  Such employees will be permitted to bring with them seniority
status in an amount not exceeding thirty (30) days time prior to acquisition by
the Company and further will hold, as between themselves, their former
seniority ranking accruing to them while employed by the acquired line.





                                       6
<PAGE>   7
SECTION 8. - The seniority of all full-time employees shall be measured from
the hour and date of first work performed in the department to which they are
assigned either in the service of the Company or in the service of Greyhound
Lines, Inc. before March 19, 1987, whichever occurred first.  Should two or
more employees commence service on the same date and hour, the date and hour of
the application for employment shall determine the order of their seniority.

Seniority lists shall be posted as of July 1st of each year thereafter.  The
employees who were employed since the posting of the last preceding list and
whose seniority dates are posted for the first time shall have thirty (30) days
after such first posting in which to protest the posted date; otherwise, same
shall be considered permanently established and no longer subject to protest.

SECTION 9. - Employees on leave of absence to serve as Union Officers or
employees promoted to supervisor positions from a job covered by this Agreement
shall retain and continue to accumulate seniority.

SECTION 10. - The Company agrees that for the duration of the labor agreement,
that it will not layoff (furlough) journeymen mechanics at the Dallas garage
who were hired prior to January 1, 1993.

                                   ARTICLE V
                               BIDDING PROCEDURES

SECTION 1. - All new jobs created and all known permanent vacancies occurring
in the respective classifications, excepting Working Foremen who are appointed
and assigned by the Company, will be bulletined within seven (7) calendar days
in the affected shop for a period of three (3) working days, provided however,
that apprentice jobs will be bulletined simultaneously for a period of three
(3) working days in all shops covered by this agreement.

Employees working at points, other than the Shop where the vacancy exists, who
desire to bid on Apprentice jobs, may make application, in writing, forwarding
by United States mail, to the official in charge of the Shop where the vacancy
exists, furnishing a copy to the Vice President/Maintenance.

All bulletins shall define the job (i.e., engine overhaul, painting, bodywork,
etc.) regular working days and hours of assignment.  Bulletined jobs will be
awarded to senior eligible employees making written application therefor.
Employees, excepting those who completed an apprenticeship training, who have
not had previous Journeyman experience with the Company, will not be eligible
to bid on Journeyman jobs.





                                       7
<PAGE>   8
Nothing herein shall prevent temporary assignment to work within the employee's
classification, assigned hours and days off.

After a trial period of not more than fifteen (15) calendar days in a new
position, employees who have been found incapable of qualifying for the
position shall be returned to their vacated position without loss of seniority.

SECTION 2. - There shall be one (1) general bid per year unless otherwise
agreed between the parties.  Employees may not change classifications at the
general bid.

SECTION 3. - Vacancies and new positions in the classification of Partsmen
shall be filled on the basis of seniority by employees employed in that
classification in the affected Shop, whenever possible.  Such vacancies and new
positions shall be offered to the Partsmen in the affected Shop in the order of
their classification seniority.

When necessary to go outside that classification in filling such positions,
Coach Servicers whose education and previous experience indicate aptitude to
perform the work required shall be given preference over outside applicants.

Coach Servicers who become Partsmen under the foregoing provisions shall have
seniority rights in such new classification, based upon their length of service
in such new classification only, any other provisions of this Agreement to the
contrary notwithstanding.

An employee, bidding outside of his regular classification on such position, if
the successful bidder, shall be on probation during the first thirty (30) days
worked on the new job, and if disqualified by the Company during such
probationary period, shall return to his former job.

SECTION 4. - An employee, bidding on jobs under the provisions of this
Agreement, shall furnish a copy of each such bid to his Local Committee and, if
the job on which he bids is another Shop point, he shall also furnish a copy of
such bid to the Local Committee at that point.

SECTION 5. - When a vacancy exists, and which is to be continued in the
Journeyman classification, the Shop Committee may meet with Company supervision
to assist in screening other employees in other classifications who may be
capable of performing Journeyman's work.

If, in the judgment of supervision, an employee of another classification is to
be given a probationary period, not to exceed ninety (90) days, as a
Journeyman, the employee shall have the right to retain his original seniority
until the probationary period is ended, at which time, he will have the right
to exercise





                                       8
<PAGE>   9
his original seniority in his former position, or forfeit his original
seniority if he elects to remain classified as a Journeyman.

If he elects to remain as a Journeyman at the conclusion of his probationary
period, his seniority date as a Journeyman shall be the date his probationary
period started; however, his original employment date with the Company shall be
used to determine his benefits such as vacation, pension, etc.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                          UNION SECURITY AND CHECK-OFF

All full and part-time employees covered by any portion of this Agreement must
become and remain members of the Union not later than the thirty-first (31st)
day following their date of employment as a condition of their continued
employment with the Company.

The Company agrees to check-off and remit to the financial officer of the
respective District or Local Union monthly from the pay of each employee who is
a member of the Union, and who has so authorized the Company in writing, all
dues, initiation fees, regular assessments as may be assessed against such
member, and such voluntary contributions to the Union as may be separately
authorized by the employee.  Requests for check-off of assessments will be
signed by the financial officer of the District or Local Union.

                                  ARTICLE VII
                            MANAGEMENT OF OPERATIONS

It is not the intent of this Agreement to include matters of management herein,
and the Company reserves to itself the management, conduct and control of the
operations of its business, including:  (1) the determination of the type,
kind, make and size of equipment and when, how and where such equipment shall
be used; (2) the prescribing of rules, instructions and regulations for the
safe, proper and effective conduct of its business in a competitive
environment; (3) the number and qualifications of employees employed by it and
their reasonable standards of conduct; (4) the assignment of work to the extent
not specified herein; and (5) except as limited by the Article titled "Manning
of Maintenance Work", the use of leased operations and independent contractors.
The Company also reserves the right to change decisions within the scope of
this Article at any time.





                                       9
<PAGE>   10
                                  ARTICLE VIII

SECTION 1. - Hourly Rates of Pay -- Maintenance Employees

<TABLE>                                                       
<CAPTION>                                                     
                               Effective        Effective       Effective
WAGE RATES                      10/1/96          10/1/97         10/1/98
- ----------                      -------          -------         -------
<S>                              <C>             <C>              <C>
Dallas, Texas                                                 
- -------------                                                 
Working Foreman                  $15.13          $15.58           $16.05
Journeyman                       $14.87          $15.32           $15.78
Partsmen                         $13.39          $13.79           $14.21
                                                              
Coach Servicers                                               
Regular Hourly Rate              $ 7.92          $ 8.16           $ 8.40
**New Hire Hourly Rate           $ 7.41          $ 7.63           $ 7.86
                                                              
HOUSTON, TEXAS                                                
- --------------                                                
Working Foreman                  $15.32          $15.76           $16.25
Journeyman                       $15.06          $15.51           $15.98
Partsmen                         $13.55          $13.96           $14.38
                                                              
Coach Servicers                                               
Regular Hourly Rate              $ 7.92          $ 8.16           $ 8.40
**New Hire Hourly Rate           $ 7.41          $ 7.63           $ 7.86
                                                              
SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS                                            
- ------------------                                            
Working Foreman                  $14.38          $14.81           $15.25
Journeyman                       $14.12          $14.54           $14.98
                                                              
Coach Servicers                                               
Regular Hourly Rate              $ 7.92          $ 8.16           $ 8.40
**New Hire Hourly Rate           $ 7.41          $ 7.63           $ 7.86
                                                              
BROWNSVILLE, TEXAS                                            
- ------------------                                            
Working Foreman                  $12.76          $13.14           $13.54
Journeyman                       $12.50          $12.88           $13.27
                                                              
Coach Servicers                                               
Regular Hourly Rate              $ 7.92          $ 8.16           $ 8.40
**New Hire Hourly Rate           $ 7.41          $ 7.63           $ 7.86
                                                              
GRAND JUNCTION                                                
- --------------                                                
Working Foreman                  $14.49          $14.93           $15.37
Journeyman                       $14.23          $14.66           $15.10
                                                              
Coach Servicers                                               
Regular Hourly Rate              $ 7.92          $ 8.16           $ 8.40
**New Hire Hourly Rate           $ 7.41          $ 7.63           $ 7.86
                                                              
KANSAS CITY                                                   
- -----------                                                   
Working Foreman                  $16.11          $16.59           $17.09
Journeyman                       $15.85          $16.33           $16.82
Coach Servicers                                               
Regular Hourly Rate              $ 8.18          $ 8.42           $ 8.68
**New Hire Hourly Rate           $ 7.66          $ 7.89           $ 8.13
</TABLE>                                                      

The Company shall have the right to increase wages on a location basis to meet
market concerns.  Such increases will not be on an individual basis, but must
cover all employees in the classification.  The Company will meet with the
Union prior to announcing such increases.

**An employee hired at this rate is entitled to the regular hourly rate at the
end of twenty-four (24) months of continuous full-time employment.





                                       10
<PAGE>   11
SECTION 2. - Vacation Relief Jobs:

Vacation relief positions may be created as needed.  If the relief assignment
contains work of his own classification and lower classification, he shall
receive his own rate of pay for work performed in the lower classification.
Whenever there are no vacations to relieve, the vacation relief employee will
work the day shift Monday through Friday, with Saturday and Sunday off.  When
performing vacation relief, the vacation relief employee will assume the
complete work schedule of the employee he is relieving, both work days and days
off.  The employee will have at least sixteen (16) hours off between shifts.

If Apprentices, prior to becoming indentured, had worked one (1) year or more
as a Coach Servicer, at the rate applicable to steam cleaning and greasing,
they shall retain the highest rate for greasing and steam cleaning until their
length of service as an Apprentice entitles them to a higher rate.

Jobs may be set up as Greaser, which shall cover greasing coaches on the grease
rack or pit, and as Parts Cleaner, which shall cover cleaning parts.  If such
jobs, or either of them, are set up, they should be bulletined and bid by the
Coach Servicers at the shop point involved.  Coach Servicers who are assigned
to such jobs and those who are temporarily assigned to such work for four (4)
or more hours in any work day, shall be paid a differential of ten cents ($.10)
per hour, in addition to their regular Coach Servicers' rate for time so
worked.  This differential shall not apply in the case of any employee assigned
to such work whose regular rate of pay is higher than that of Coach Servicer.
Effective March 1, 1977, the classification of Stripper is added and will come
under all provisions of this paragraph.

SECTION 3. - Except as expressly stated herein, no employee shall have his rate
of pay reduced as a result of the signing of this Agreement.  Nothing herein
shall prohibit the paying of a higher rate of pay at the discretion of the
Company.





                                       11
<PAGE>   12
                                 ARTICLE IX
                                  VACATIONS

SECTION 1. - Vacations will be granted in the following manner:

       (a)    Employees who complete one (1) year but less than fifteen (15)
years of continuous employment shall be granted a vacation of two (2) weeks
with pay.

       (b)    Employees who complete fifteen (15) years but less than
twenty-five (25) years of continuous employment shall be granted a vacation of
three (3) weeks with pay.

       (c)    Employees who complete twenty-five (25) years of continuous
employment but less than twenty-seven (27) years of continuous employment shall
be granted a vacation of four (4) weeks with pay.

       (d)    Employees who complete twenty-seven (27) years of continuous
employment or more shall be granted a vacation of five (5) weeks with pay,
effective with the 1997 vacation bid.

"Week" as used herein shall mean forty (40) hours.

The Company will post a vacation schedule on or before December 1st of each
year, listing each week separately and will designate how many employees can be
released for vacation purposes each week.  Ten (10) days after such schedule
has been posted all employees eligible, or who will become eligible during such
vacation period, shall then express their choice of vacation period, in
accordance with seniority ranking, on a bid sheet presented to the employees
for that purpose.

The annual posting of vacations shall be during December, with vacations to be
taken the following calendar year.  The number of weeks vacation to be bid in
December will be determined by the employees seniority during the calendar year
in which the vacation is taken.

Employees leaving the service of the Company will be charged the number of days
vacation not earned for which they have been paid.

No vacation will be allowed until an employee has completed one (1) year of
service.

Employees may set one week of their vacation aside at bid time to be used on a
day-by-day basis.  If this is done, the days must be approved in advance by
supervision.

Employees with three (3) weeks vacation shall be entitled to bid for a one (1)
or two (2) week vacation, and employees with four (4) week vacations should be
entitled to bid for up to two (2) weeks vacation on the first round of vacation
bidding, and up to three





                                       12
<PAGE>   13
(3) weeks on the second round of vacation bidding and the balance, if any, will
be bid on the third round of vacation bidding for periods then available.

All vacations must be taken within the period designated by employee's bid.
Employees who fail to make bid or who are on furlough or absent, due to
illness, and cannot be reached by the bid sheet must take vacation at a time
designated by the Company.

Employees who are absent from work during their regular assigned work period in
any service year shall forfeit one-twelfth (1/12) of the vacation allowance
due them for that service year for each aggregate of 173 hours not worked
during said year.  A period of time not worked of less than four (4)
consecutive hours shall not be taken into account in computing such aggregate.
No deduction shall be made from the vacation allowance for absence due to bona
fide illness or disability for the first 519 hours of such absence in any
service year.

For each aggregate of 173 hours worked by an employee as overtime during his
service year, he shall receive an allowance of one-twelfth (1/12) of his
vacation allowance, which shall be applied only as credit against an equal
amount of deduction assessed because of absence.  Penalties or credits shall
not be extended beyond the period in which assessed.

Employees who have completed earning an annual vacation and who leave the
service for any cause prior to taking such earned vacation shall be paid an
amount of money equal to such earned vacation.

Employees whose service entitles them to, at any time during their service
year, and those who voluntarily leave the service of the Company, (except those
leaving the service of the Company under the provisions of the Pension
Program), prior to having worked six (6) months of their service year for
which, if completed, they would be entitled to a vacation, shall receive no
vacation allowance for that service year.

Employees who are discharged for cause qualify for a vacation and who
voluntarily leave the service of the Company after having worked six (6) months
of their service year, for which, if completed, they would be entitled to a
vacation, shall be paid their vacation allowance pro-rata for the time so
worked.

The Company will, upon request of an employee, review any vacation periods that
become open after the December bid, and operating conditions permitting, will
consider an employees request for any open vacation periods.  Such requests
will be considered on a first come basis.





                                       13
<PAGE>   14
                                   ARTICLE X
                           HOURS OF WORK AND OVERTIME

SECTION 1. - The regular work week shall be forty (40) hours, consisting of
either five (5) consecutive eight (8) hour days or four (4) consecutive ten
(10) hour days.  The Company shall have the right twice per year to determine
the percentage of each at each location after consultation with the Union,
provided that not more than 25% of the employees covered by this Agreement on
March 19, 1987 shall be compelled to work shifts of ten hour days without the
consent of the Union.  Work performed in excess of these limits shall be
overtime and will be paid at the rate of time and one-half.

SECTION 2. - The Company will post on the bulletin board in each Shop a correct
schedule showing the regular hours and days to be worked by each employee.  In
the event it becomes necessary to change the scheduled hours of any job to the
extent of one (1) hour or more, or change days off, then those jobs so changed
shall be termed "vacancies" and shall be bulletined in accordance with the
requirements of Article V, Section 1.

SECTION 3. - All work performed outside and in excess of bulletined hours will
be paid for at the rate of time and one-half, except as otherwise provided
herein.

Excepting when it is a result of the employee's exercise of his seniority
rights, work performed on the sixth (6th) and seventh (7th) consecutive days
worked, in a work week, shall be paid for at one and one-half (1-1/2) times the
employee's regular rate of pay.

SECTION 4. - Overtime work will be divided as nearly equally as possible among
the employees in the classification involved who are qualified to do the
particular work required and who have made written application to the Company
to participate therein.  Such employees who pass up overtime shall have their
time record charged therewith.  Employees who do not make such application
shall not be entitled to share equally, and shall not be assigned to work
overtime, if an employee, who has made such application, is available for such
work.

SECTION 5. - Employees who are called back to work, after having left the
Company premises following the completion of the regular day's work or on their
assigned days off, shall be paid for such work at the applicable overtime rate
and shall be paid a minimum of four (4) hours at such applicable overtime rate.
Employees who are required to work beyond the regular quitting time of their
shift shall be given as much advance notice thereof as circumstances will
permit, with the understanding that they shall be given at least two (2) hours
notice, except in case of emergency.





                                       14
<PAGE>   15
                                   ARTICLE XI
                               HOLIDAY ALLOWANCE

SECTION 1. - For Employees with ten (10) or more years seniority there shall be
eight (8) paid holidays composed of New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr's
Birthday, Washington's Birthday, Easter Sunday, Fourth of July, Labor Day,
Thanksgiving and Christmas.

For employees with more than ninety (90) days but less than ten (10) years
seniority there shall be five (5) paid holidays composed of New Year's Day,
Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas.  On his tenth
anniversary date of employment, and employee will be entitled to all subsequent
holidays in that calendar year to which employees with ten (10) or more years
seniority are entitled.  In order to receive holiday pay, an employee must work
the last scheduled work day prior to the holiday and also the first scheduled
work day immediately after the holiday.

Employees shall receive holiday pay for the holidays set forth above at their
regular hourly rate of pay for the number of hours of their regular shift on
the date of the holiday.

In those cases where a shift involves two (2) calendar days, the entire shift
should be applied to the day on which the shift commences.

When a paid holiday falls within an employee's vacation period, the employee
shall receive an extra day's pay, but his vacation period shall not be
extended.  Should he so desire, he may be given an extra day off as a leave of
absence.  Premium pay for holiday work shall not be charged to the overtime
record under Section 4 of Article IX, unless the employee was not regularly
scheduled to work such holiday.

                                  ARTICLE XII
                                 APPRENTICESHIP

SECTION 1

See new Greyhound/IAM apprentice program.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                            PROBATIONARY EMPLOYMENT

SECTION 1. - Applicants for employment shall fill out and sign application
forms supplied by the Company, and employment shall be considered temporary
until such application is approved by the proper official of the Company.  If
the employee is not notified to the contrary, prior to the expiration of
forty-five (45) work days, his application shall be considered to have been
approved unless it





                                       15
<PAGE>   16
is later found that false information materially affecting acceptance of
application was given, in which event, if the employee is dismissed from
service on account thereof, he shall be given a hearing thereof, provided he
makes written request therefore within ten (10) days from date of dismissal
notice.

SECTION 2. - New employees shall be on probation for and during the first
forty-five (45) work days of their employment.  The provisions of Article XIV
shall not apply to probational employees whose services are terminated during
their probationary period.

The Company shall assign probational employees to such work, hours and days off
as it may determine during their probationary period, without regard to the
provisions of this Agreement in respect to advertising and bidding jobs.  Such
probational employees may be assigned overtime work at the discretion of the
Company, without regard to Article X, Section 4, but in no event, more than
that accorded regular employees thereunder.  When an employee satisfactorily
completes his probation, he shall be charged with the average amount of
overtime worked by the group to which he is then assigned in effectuating
Article X, Section 4, with respect to him thereafter.

                                  ARTICLE XIV
                              GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

SECTION 1. - No employee, who has been in the service of the Company sixty (60)
days or more, shall be dismissed without just and sufficient cause.  In the
event of discipline or dismissal, the employee affected and his Shop Committee
shall be given prompt, written notice thereof, and if requested in writing of
the supervisor in charge of the Shop involved, within ten (10) days after such
notice, shall be given a fair and impartial investigation and an opportunity to
obtain and present witnesses.  Such investigation, if so requested, shall be
conducted by the supervisor.  Prior to holding such investigation, the employee
and his duly-authorized representative shall be apprised in writing of the
precise charge or charges.  If a stenographic report of the investigation is
made by a Company stenographer, the Committee shall be provided a copy thereof
promptly.  The supervisor shall make his written decision on the matter within
ten (10) days from the close of the investigation.

SECTION 2. - Discipline charged to an employees record which is over eighteen
(18) months old will not be considered by the Company providing there is no
other discipline within the eighteen (18) month period.

SECTION 3. - The presentation and handling of grievances shall be according to
the following procedure:

       (a)    Any employee covered by this Agreement who has a





                                       16
<PAGE>   17
complaint shall discuss the complaint with this supervisor within ten (10) days
from the date of the occurrence in an effort to resolve the complaint without
resort to the formal grievance procedure.  Any disposition at this step shall
be non-procedential and many not be relied upon by the Union or the Company in
any grievance hearing for any purpose.

This procedure shall not extend the time limits for filing a written grievance.

       (b)    The aggrieved employee or the Union Steward shall present same,
in writing, to the supervisor in charge of the Shop in which it arises within
fifteen (15) days after it first comes to the attention of the complaining
party.  Any matter that is not so presented shall be waived and no longer
subject to handling as a grievance.

       (c)    If such supervisor is requested, in writing, to do so, he shall,
within five (5) days after receipt of such request, arrange a hearing at which
the Company, employee and Chairman of the Shop Committee, or his designee shall
have full opportunity to present all evidence that they desire to have
considered in the matter.  The Supervisor shall render his written decision
within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the request for hearing.

       (d)    Appeal may be taken from the Supervisor's decision to the
Regional Manager-Maintenance or his designated representative, provided written
notice of appeal is filed within ten (10) days after the date of the
Supervisor's decision.  The written decision of the Regional Manager
Maintenance or his representative shall be rendered within fifteen (15) days
after receipt of notice of appeal, unless written request for conference is
made within five (5) days from date of such notice, in which event, the time
for such conference shall be fixed by agreement and the time for making
decisions shall run from the close of the conference.

       (e)    The provisions of (b) and (c) above shall not apply to discipline
or dismissal cases which shall be handled according to the provisions of
Section 1 of this Article.  If, after being so handled, the aggrieved employee
desires to appeal from the results of the investigation, he may do so by
following the procedure provided in (d) above.

       (f)    The time limits specified in (c) and (d) for holding conferences
may be extended by agreement and, in the event of extension, the management
representative shall give his written decision within five (5) days after the
conference is concluded.

       (g)    Failure to file notice of appeal in the manner and within the
time above provided shall render final the last decision made.





                                       17
<PAGE>   18
       (h)    Failure of management representative to make decisions as above
provided shall result in forfeiture of the Company's case.

       (i)    The foregoing grievance procedure shall not prevent an aggrieved
employee or the Shop Committee or both from attempting to adjust any grievance
through informal conference with the Foreman involved.

If it is found that an employee has been unjustly suspended or dismissed from
the service, such employee shall be reinstated with his seniority and service
rights unimpaired and compensated at his regular rate for any time lost
resulting from the suspension or dismissal less any earnings received by him
during the period of such suspension or dismissal.

SECTION 4. - Grievances with respect to the interpretation or application of
any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement which are not satisfactorily
settled under the foregoing grievance procedure may be submitted to arbitration
in the following manner:

The party desiring Arbitration shall give written notice to arbitrate to the
other party within ten (10) days following the decision of the Regional
Manager-Maintenance or his representative provided for in subsection (c) of
Section 2 of this Article.  Such notice will be given to the Industrial
Relations Department of the Company.

In the event a grievance is submitted to Arbitration, an Arbitrator shall be
selected according to and governed by the following procedure:

       -      The representative of the Union and the Company shall meet within
              five (5) working days after Notice of Appeal to Arbitration.  The
              representative shall request the Federal Mediation and
              Conciliation Service to provide a panel of five (5) Arbitrators
              from which they shall select the Arbitrator.  The Arbitrator
              shall be chosen from the list of such nominees by alternately
              striking names until one (1) remains, and he shall be notified
              immediately.  The question as to which party shall strike first
              shall be determined by the toss of a coin.

       -      A record shall be made of the proceedings had before the
              Arbitrator, including a stenographic transcript of all testimony
              and evidence offered.  The parties shall be given a full
              opportunity to present their case.

       -      A written decision of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding
              upon the parties.  The Arbitration Award shall not, in any case,
              change or add to any of the terms or provisions of this
              Agreement.  The parties shall jointly share the fee and expenses
              of the Arbitrator, as well as





                                       18
<PAGE>   19
              the costs of the Hearing, including the making and preparing of 
              the Record and Transcript.

SECTION 5. - Prior to arbitration the Automotive Coordinator, or his designee
will meet with the Company's Labor Relations representative, or his designee,
with the authority to resolve the dispute.

                                   ARTICLE XV
                                UNION COMMITTEE

SECTION 1. - The Union may choose, from regular employees in each Shop, a
number of representatives to act on behalf of employees covered by this
Agreement in any capacity assigned to such representatives by the Union.  In
event grievance hearings are conducted during regular working hours of the
Local Committeemen, or any of them, they will not lose time as a result
thereof.

                                  ARTICLE XVI
                              TEMPORARY TRANSFERS

SECTION 1. - An employee sent out by the Company on a temporary transfer to an
outlying shop or point, or sent to temporarily fill a vacancy at an outlying
shop, will be paid at his regular straight time rate of pay for time
necessarily spent in traveling from his home shop to and from such outlying
shop or point.

While at such outside shop or point, he will be paid straight time and overtime
the same as at his home shop and will be guaranteed not less than eight (8)
hours work for each of his regularly assigned days.  Reasonable necessary
living expenses will be allowed.  The employee shall furnish receipts covering
all such expenses, excepting only expenses for meals.

                                  ARTICLE XVII
                                   ROAD CALLS

SECTION 1. - A list of employees capable of taking care of road calls will be
posted in each shop.  Road call work will be given to those qualified
employees, if available, who have made application for overtime work as
provided in Article X, Section 4, and road call and shop overtime will be
consolidated in computing overtime record.

SECTION 2. - When an employee is sent out on a road call, he shall be paid at
overtime rates for time necessarily spent outside of the hours comprising his
regular assignment in making preparation for the work to be done on such call.
He shall be paid at his regular straight time rate of pay for time necessarily
spent in traveling from his home shop to and from the place of work for all
hours comprising his regular assignment, in any case, and for all time so spent
on calls over 100 road miles from his home shop whether





                                       19
<PAGE>   20
within or outside of his regular assignment.  For time so spent outside of his
regular assignment on calls 100 road miles or less from his home shop, he shall
be paid at overtime rates of pay.

After reaching and while at the place of work, he shall be paid at his regular
straight time rate of pay for the hours comprising his regular assignment and
at overtime rate of pay for such hours on his regular days off, whether worked
or not, and at overtime rate of pay for hours actually worked outside of his
said regular assignment.

If such employee is required by the Company to stay with the coach, such time
so spent shall be considered as work in applying this provision.

SECTION 3. - An employee on road call shall be reimbursed for reasonable and
necessary traveling and other expenses incurred while so engaged, provided
proper receipts are furnished the Company covering same, excepting only
receipts for meals.

SECTION 4. - The failure of a coach on the road to the extent the driver cannot
continue his trip automatically takes the coach from the jurisdiction of the
Transportation Department and places it under the jurisdiction of the
Maintenance Department where it will remain until it is okayed for service.

                                 ARTICLE XVIII
                                    INJURIES

SECTION 1. - Employees injured while at work will not be required to make an
accident report before receiving necessary medical attention, but are required
to make such report within forty-eight (48) hours after being injured, if
possible.  Necessary and competent first aid medical attention will be given
injured employees at the earliest possible time.  The Company will not be
obligated to furnish further medical attention than that as required by the
applicable compensation law.

SECTION 2. - Employees injured while at work and who require medical attention
will be given necessary time during working hours, without loss of time, to see
the doctor.

SECTION 3. - Employees injured on the job shall be paid for time necessarily
lost from regular assignment on the day on which injured.

                                  ARTICLE XIX
                             PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS

SECTION 1. - All employees covered herein must submit to a physical examination
on the request of the Company, the cost of such examination to be borne by the
Company.  It will be the policy of





                                       20
<PAGE>   21
the Company to request only one (1) examination a year, except in such
instances where a re-examination is deemed necessary to determine whether or
not recommendations for correction of infirmities have been met.  The Company
will make every reasonable effort to have examination given at a time and place
that will cause least inconvenience to employees who cannot be given
examination during their regular working hours.  When employees are required to
take such examinations during their regular working hours, they will be paid
for such time necessarily lost from work.  When correction of infirmities is
requested, the employee will be furnished with a copy of the Company
physician's report.

SECTION 2. - If the recommendation of the Company's doctors are not disputed,
they shall be complied with within a reasonable time.  In the event there is a
dispute, the employee involved or the Union may, within fifteen (15) days after
the employee is notified by the Company of such recommendations, have such
employee examined by a doctor of his or its choice.  If the two (2) doctors
fail to agree, a third examination will be had by a doctor mutually agreed
upon, and the majority opinion of the three (3) doctors will be govern.  An
employee may be suspended for failure to comply with the recommendations agreed
upon for the repair of any correctable infirmity.

SECTION 3. - Employees who are required by the Company to take physical
examinations outside their regular working hours, to comply with DOT
Regulations, shall be paid two (2) hours pay at their regular rate.

                                   ARTICLE XX
                          ATTENDING COURT - JURY DUTY

SECTION 1. - Employees required by the Company to attend Court or Coroner's
Inquest will be paid for the time necessarily lost from work while so assigned.
Reasonable expenses will be allowed.  The Company will be entitled to the
mileage and witness fees.

SECTION 2. - Employees on Jury Duty will be allowed the difference between the
compensation they would have earned had they remained on their assignment and
the daily amount paid for Jury Duty.  No compensation shall be paid for serving
on Juries on relief days.

                                  ARTICLE XXI
                               LEAVES OF ABSENCE

SECTION 1. - A leave of absence may be granted on written application from
employee stating reason for the leave.  A leave of absence will not exceed
ninety (90) days in a calendar year wherein there will be no loss of seniority.
An extension of the leave beyond the ninety (90) days may be granted upon proof
of medical necessity or explanation acceptable to the Company.





                                       21
<PAGE>   22
SECTION 2. - An employee overstaying his leave of absence, unless detained by
conditions beyond his control, will automatically sever his connections with
the Company.

SECTION 3. - Upon the completion of a leave of absence, sixty (60) days must
elapse before another leave will be granted, unless by mutual agreement between
the Company and Union.

SECTION 4. - Special arrangements will be made between proper officials of the
Company and the Union for leaves of employees acting in an official capacity
for the Union.

SECTION 5. - An employee desiring to be absent from work must personally obtain
permission from his Foreman, preferably in writing, but if sickness or other
unavoidable causes prevent him from reporting for work, he shall notify his
Foreman as early as possible.

SECTION 6. - Employees entering military or naval service of the government,
pursuant to the provisions of the Selective Service and Training Act of 1940,
as amended, shall be granted all rights and privileges provided by that Act.

                                  ARTICLE XXII
                                   SICK LEAVE

SECTION 1. - (a) Any sickness or injury which prevents an employee from
performing the duties of his regular job with the Company shall be considered
as sickness under this Article, provided, however, that no employee shall
receive benefits thereunder whose sickness is caused by venereal diseases,
intoxication, or any injury which may be the result of any intoxication by
alcohol or drug addition, or any condition occurring while violating any
criminal law or resulting therefrom.

       (b)    Employees having one (1) year of seniority shall be eligible for
sick leave for each assigned work day off not in excess of five (5) days per
year.  A work day shall be at the regular hourly rate for the number of hours
of the employee's regular shift on the day missed.  All employees shall be
permitted to carryover all sick leave accumulated and outstanding with
Greyhound Lines, Inc. as of March 18, 1987.  Any employee who established a
sick leave period, and who does not use same, will be allowed to accumulate two
weeks of such unused sick leave.  The maximum amount of sick leave, consisting
of both the allowance as referred to in this paragraph, and the two (2) weeks
accumulation, shall be one hundred twenty (120) hours to be taken in any one
year.

       (c)    There shall be a three (3) day waiting period in respect to each
sickness for and during which no sick leave benefits shall be due or payable.
This waiting period shall begin on the day on





                                       22
<PAGE>   23
which the employee visits or is visited by a doctor and shall include days off,
as well as scheduled work days.  In the event the employee is hospitalized,
sick benefits shall commence as of the first day of sickness.  If an employee
is disabled during this regular working hours and has worked less than four (4)
hours, the preceding day shall be considered as the date last worked.

If he has worked four (4) hours or more, that day shall be considered as the
date last worked.  Following the completion of said waiting period, the
employee shall receive sick leave pay for each regular assigned work day lost
because of such sickness, up to the maximum sick leave credit to which he is
then entitled.  In the event the loss of time from work on account of sickness
is compensable, under any present or future state of federal compensation act
or claims against a third party, then only the difference between the sick
leave allowance and the amount paid under such compensation act or third party
suit or settlement for such loss of time shall be payable hereunder.

Sick leave claims involving Workmen's Compensation will not be paid until the
employee returns to work and his rights, under the Workmen's Compensation Act,
are fully determined.  In the event the employee terminates his employment with
the Company, without returning to work, such sick leave claims will be honored
when his rights, under the Workmen's Compensation Act have been fully
determined.  Sick leave claims involving injuries sustained outside the course
of employment, where an employee has a claim or suit pending against a third
party for such injuries and resulting damages, will not be paid until the
employee returns to work and his claim against the third party has been
disposed of by trial or settlement.

       (d)    No employee shall be entitled to receive benefits under this plan
for any time lost by reason of sickness while on vacation.  However, if an
employee should become sick while on vacation and is unable to return to work
at the end of his vacation, his three (3) day waiting period shall commence on
the first regularly scheduled work day following the conclusion of his
vacation.

       (e)    In order to receive benefits under this plan, the employee shall
submit to the Company medical evidence of his disability from a Company
physician or other bona fide licensed medical doctor and, if requested, on
forms to be provided by the Company.  The expense of this medical evidence
shall not be borne by the Company.  The Company, at its option, may require a
special examination of the employee by a doctor to be designated by the
Company.  This shall be done without cost to the employee.  Notification of
absence on account of sickness shall be given to the employee's immediate
supervisor as soon as possible.  Application for sick leave benefits shall be
filed with the employee's supervisor within five (5) days after return of the
employee to duty.





                                       23
<PAGE>   24
       (f)    Any employee found to have abused the sickness benefit privilege
by falsification or misrepresentation shall thereupon be subject to
disciplinary action and reduction or elimination of sickness benefits, and
shall further restore to the Company amounts paid to him for period of such
absence.

                                 ARTICLE XXIII
                             INSURANCE AND PENSION

SECTION 1.

       (a)    Employees currently in the Amalgamated Council of Greyhound Local
Unions pension plan will remain in such plan and in addition the Company,
effective October 1, 1996, will contribute on behalf of those employees
twenty-five dollars ($25.00) per month for the life of the contract for regular
full-time employees to the Automotive Industries Plan.

       (b)    Effective October 1, 1996, the employer will make a maximum
combined contribution to the health and welfare and pension funds of $495.00
per month per regular full-time employees.  Said contributions will be
increased to $535.00 per month on October 1, 1997 and to $575.00 per month on
October 1, 1998.

       (c)    For those employees in (a) above, the contributions in (b) will
be used for health and welfare premiums only.

       (d)    For all other employees, the contributions will be used for both
Health and Welfare and Pension contributions.

       (e)    The health and welfare benefit plans will be determined by the
Union and the Union will notify the Company where to send the required
payments.

       (f)    The employer agrees to accept the provisions of the various Trust
Agreements and agrees to sign and be bound by the terms of said Agreements.

SECTION 2. - Employees will be permitted to participate in the Greyhound Lines,
Inc. Cash or Deferred Retirement Plan for Represented Employees with the
understanding that the Company is not obligated to make any matching
contributions on behalf of such employee.  The Union agrees to accept and abide
by the terms of the Plan and the related Trust and the Union agrees to waive
its rights to participate in any discussions regarding the administration,
amendment or terminating of the Plan or the related Trust.





                                       24
<PAGE>   25
                                  ARTICLE XXIV
                                    LEGALITY

SECTION 1. - Anything contained in this Agreement, in violation of any Federal,
State or Municipal Law now in effect, or that is passed, will become null and
void.

                                  ARTICLE XXV
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 1. - Space for a Bulletin Board shall be provided in a suitable place
in each Shop for the exclusive use of the employees.

SECTION 2. - Time spent by employees attending Maintenance Service Meetings
called by Officials of the Company shall be paid for at the regular rate of
pay, when in excess of one (1) meeting per month.

SECTION 3. - No employee shall be coerced to contribute to any charity or
social agency.

SECTION 4. - Employees and those dependent upon them for support will be given
the same consideration in the issuing of free or reduced rate transportation
over the Company's lines and its connecting carriers as is granted other
employees of the Company.

SECTION 5. - Sanitary drinking fountains shall be provided in or convenient to
all garages and proper heating and lighting of the garages for comfort of the
employees shall be maintained.  The Company shall furnish each employee two (2)
towels per year, and soap, with proper quarters for washing and dressing.

SECTION 6. - The Company agrees that any conditions detrimental to the health
or safety of employees will be corrected when brought to their attention.
Employees will be required to use safety devices provided by the Company in
accordance with posted instructions.

The Company will work with the Union to insure a safe workplace and the Company
shall furnish all maintenance employees, when exposed to foul weather proper
foul weather gear which shall consist of rainsuits and individual boots where
the shoeless type is used.

SECTION 7. - Special first-class tools for use on Company equipment shall be
furnished for the use of the employees.  Employees will be required to carry
such first-class hand tools as the work of their classification requires.

SECTION 8. - Funeral Leave - Employees will receive up to three (3) days paid
leave per occurrence for loss of a parent, spouse or child.  Pay will be only
for scheduled time missed.  The Company reserves the right to request written
proof.





                                       25
<PAGE>   26
SECTION 9. - The Shop Steward will be allowed the use of the Company telephone
during working hours for Union business only and only when permission is
granted by a Company supervisor.  If this privilege is found to be abused, the
Company will notify the Union and the practice will be discontinued.

SECTION 10. - A key to the first aid kit will be furnished to the Shop Steward.
The Shop Steward will be held accountable for supplies that are maintained by
the Company in the first aid kit.

SECTION 11. - Employees shall be paid bi-weekly.  The Company will designate
the day of the week that the pay day will be made on and will designate a
reasonable payroll cut off or lead time which shall be no less than ten (10)
days.

SECTION 12. - Employees at service islands will have the option to substitute
insulated coveralls for one set of uniforms.

                                  ARTICLE XXVI
                               NO STRIKE, LOCKOUT

SECTION 1. - There shall be no lockouts by the Company, and there shall be no
strikes or other work stoppages of any variety called by the Union, for the
duration of this Agreement.

Where a labor dispute arises with another Union recognized by the Company and a
legal picket line is established at or around a Company terminal, garage or
other facility our employees, who are members of the International Association
of Machinists, will be permitted to honor such a legal picket line only at the
facility where work of the other Union local is or was being performed at the
time of the dispute as a regular job or bid shift.

                                 ARTICLE XXVII
                            TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall be in effect from October 1, 1996, until and including
October 1, 1999, and shall remain in effect from year to year thereafter unless
changed or terminated as herein provided.

Either party desiring to make any changes or modifications in this Agreement to
become effective at the end of the initial term or any annual extension
thereof, or desiring to terminate this Agreement at the expiration thereof,
shall notify the other party in writing of its desire either to enter into
negotiations for the purpose of making changes or modifications herein or of
its desire to terminate this Agreement at least sixty (60) days prior to the
expiration of the initial term or any extension hereof.  In the event that any
change or modification so requested by either party is not mutually agreed upon
prior to the expiration date of this Agreement or any renewal thereof, the
Agreement shall terminate at such expiration date unless the same shall be
extended by mutual





                                       26
<PAGE>   27
consent.  After receipt of notification requesting changes or modifications in
the Agreement, the parties agree to set a mutually satisfactory date to meet
and discuss same.

The foregoing is the complete collective bargaining Agreement entered into by
and on behalf of the parties signatory hereto, indisputable errors and/or
omissions accepted.


       Signed this ____ day of _______________, 1996.



                            GREYHOUND LINES, INC.


By:
   --------------------------------

By:
   --------------------------------

By:                              
   --------------------------------



                        INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF
                       MACHINISTS & AEROSPACE WORKERS
                               A.F.L. - C.I.O.


By:
   --------------------------------

By:                            
   --------------------------------

By:
   --------------------------------






                                       27

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.31


                                  AMENDMENT TO
                     SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN


This Amendment to the Greyhound Lines, Inc. (the "Company") Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan is made as of December 9, 1996.

        WHEREAS, the Company previously adopted the Greyhound Lines, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as restated effective January 1, 1994
(the "Plan"); and

        WHEREAS, the Company, having sought the approval of the Compensation
and Organization Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, desires to
amend the Plan and modify the listing of the Participants in the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan shall be amended as follows.

1.      Section 6.1(c) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 6.1(d) and
the following shall be added as Section 6.1(c):

        "(c)     20 percent for the Participants that: (i) hold the position of
        a Senior Vice President with Sponsor or (ii) any other Participants
        that, as of the first day of a Plan Year beginning on or after January
        1, 1996, have completed a minimum of 84 months of Service with Sponsor;
        and"

2.      The Participants in the Plan shall be those individuals listed on
Appendix A hereto; that the Service Start Date, contribution level and the
contribution effective date for each such Participant shall be as set forth on
Appendix A hereto.

3.      Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meaning
ascribed to such terms as set forth in the Plan.



                                          GREYHOUND LINES, INC.


                                          By:
                                             ----------------------------------
                                               Daniel R. Weston
                                               Vice President - Human Resources
<PAGE>   2
                                  APPENDIX A

                     SERP PARTICIPANTS - EFFECTIVE 12/9/96
================================================================================

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 SERVICE  CO. CONTRIB       CONTRIB
EXECUTIVE                         START     EFF DATE          %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>        <C>              <C>
Craig Lentzsch                   11/15/94   11/15/94         20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jack Haugsland                   5/15/95    5/15/95          20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Steve Korby                       4/1/95     4/1/95          20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Floyd Holland                    11/25/58    1/1/94          20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ralph Borland                    6/18/72     1/1/94          20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John Taylor                      12/27/88    1/1/94          20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ted Burk                         11/20/70   4/15/95        10%/20% *
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mark Southerst                    7/1/88    1/24/95        10%/20% *
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John Como                        3/14/88     1/1/97          20% **
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scott Kirksey                    6/12/95    6/12/95          10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stuart Robinson                  11/15/94   11/15/94         10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Martha Smither                   5/16/94    5/16/94          10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dan Weston                        2/1/94     2/1/94          10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ken Wilkinson                    5/23/94    11/15/96         10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
George Graveley                  11/1/96    11/1/96          10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ray McQueen                      11/4/96    11/4/96          10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* 10%  prior to 1/1/96; 20% on/after 1/1/96
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
** 20% as of 1/1/97
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.2
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                     GREYHOUND LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                       COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             YEAR ENDED
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31, 1996  
                                                                                         --------------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>
PRIMARY LOSS PER SHARE

   Net loss     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $  (6,604,000)
                                                                                           =============

   Shares
       Weighted average number of common shares issued  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         58,372,519
       Less weighted average treasury stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           (109,192)
       Assuming exercise of options reduced by the number of common shares which
          could have been purchased with the proceeds from exercise of such options .                ---  *
                                                                                           -------------
       Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, as adjusted  . . . . . .         58,263,327 
                                                                                           -------------

   Net loss per share   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $       (0.11)
                                                                                           =============


FULLY DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE
                                                                                          
   Net loss   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $ ( 6,604,000)
   Plus interest expense on Convertible Debentures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                ---  **
                                                                                           -------------
   Adjusted net  loss   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $ ( 6,604,000)
                                                                                           =============

   Shares
       Weighted average number of common shares issued  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         58,372,519
       Less weighted average treasury stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           (109,192)
       Assuming exercise of options reduced by the number of common shares which
          could have been purchased with the proceeds from exercise of such options .                ---  *
       Assuming conversion of Convertible Debentures into shares of Common Stock  . .                ---  **
                                                                                           -------------     
       Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, as adjusted  . . . . . .         58,263,327 
                                                                                           -------------  

   Net  loss  per share   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $       (0.11)
                                                                                           ============= 
</TABLE>




*  Option exercises not considered in calculation as exercise would not have a
   dilutive effect.

** Not used in calculation of weighted average number of common shares due to
   the antidilutive effect of the assumed conversion of the Convertible
   Debentures.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                      EXHIBIT 22



<TABLE>
      <S>                  <C>                        <C>                        <C>                    <C>
                                                           CONFIDENTIAL


                                                       GREYHOUND LINES, INC.
                                                                |
              ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              |          |            |             |           |                        |           |          |
      Amarillo Trailways | Sistema Internacional de | Eagle Bus Manufacturing,   Greyhound de Mexico |  Wilmington Union Bus  
       Bus Center, Inc.  | Transporte de Autobuses, |       Inc. (100%)             S.A. de C.V.     |  Station Corporation   
           (75%)         |  Inc. (S.I.T.A.) (100%)  |      *Sold 10/18/91             (99.9%)        |        (24.6%)         
                         |              |           |                                                |
                         |              |           |                                                |
               Atlantic Greyhound Lines |    Continental Panhandle       GLI Holding Company     Union Bus Station of
                  of Virginia, Inc.     |         Lines, Inc.                                   Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
                       (100%)           |           (50%)                     (100%)                    (40%)
                                        |                           
                                        |                                 |
                                        |                                 |   FCA Insurance     
                                        |                                 --     Limited        
                                        |    Grupo Centro, Inc.           |      (99.9%)        
                                        --                                |                        
                                        |         (100%)                  |                     
                                        |                                 |                     
                                        |                                 |   T & V Holding     
                                        |                                 --    Company         
                                        |       Los Buenos                       (100%)         
                                        --   Leasing Co., Inc.                 |
                                        |         (100%)                       |
                                        |                                      |         Texas, New Mexico     
                                        |                                      --     & Oklahoma Coaches, Inc. 
                                        |    Los Rapidos, Inc.                 |             (100%)            
                                        --                                     |                               
                                                  (100%)                       |                               
                                                                               |             T.N.M.& O.       
                                                                               --            Tours, Inc.       
                                                                               |               (100%)          
                                                                               |                               
                                                                               |       Vermont Transit Co., Inc.
                                                                               --                              
                                                                                               (100%)          

</TABLE>

*Dissolution in Process                                            March 1, 1997

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1




                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of
our report included in this Form 10-K, into the Company's previously filed
Registration Statements on Form S-8 No. 33-63506 and No. 33-63507.


                                                             ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Dallas, Texas,
     March 18, 1997

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                             898
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   33,085
<ALLOWANCES>                                       241
<INVENTORY>                                      3,840
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                61,314
<PP&E>                                         416,355
<DEPRECIATION>                                 101,901
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 500,282
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          118,449
<BONDS>                                        192,581
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           585
<OTHER-SE>                                     140,296
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   500,282
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               700,858
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  493,733
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              27,346
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (6,542)
<INCOME-TAX>                                        62
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (6,604)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (6,604)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (0.11)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.11)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission